Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    Adam L. Wollowick, Vishal Sarwahi, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I: Basic Principles, Diagnosis, and Non-surgical Management
    Spondylolisthesis: A Historical Perspective on Etiology, Diagnosis, and Treatment
    Anatomy and Biomechanics Relevant to Spondylolisthesis
    Pain Generators in Spondylolisthesis
    Clinical Evaluation of Pediatric Patients with Spondylolisthesis.-Clinical Evaluation of Adult Patients with Spondylolisthesis
    Imaging Techniques for the Diagnosis of Spondylolisthesis
    Classification of Spondylolisthesis
    Role of the Pelvis in the Diagnosis and Management of L5-S1 Spondylolisthesis.-Non-Operative Treatment of Spondylolisthesis
    Non-surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis in Children and Adolescents
    Non-surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis in Adults
    Section II: Surgical Techniques.-Surgical Techniques: Spondylolysis Repair.-Decompression and Spinal Fusion.-Surgical Techniques: Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion.-Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (ALIF).-Minimally Invasive TLIF for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Surgical Technique: Lateral Interbody Fusion for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Pre-sacral Fusion for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Surgical Techniques: Management of High-Grade Spondylolisthesis including Reduction Techniques.-Management of Spondyloptosis.-Management of Traumatic Spondylolisthesis: Cervical and Lumbar.-Spondylolisthesis Associated with Scoliosis.-Section III: Results of Treatment and Complications
    Results of Surgical Treatment of Adult Degenerative Spondylolisthesis
    Results of Surgical Treatment of Low Grade Adult Isthmic Spondylolisthesis.-Results of Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolisthesis
    Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis. Results of Surgical Treatment of Low Grade Adult Isthmic Spondylolisthesis.-Results of Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolisthesis
    Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis. Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Siobhan C. Budd, Jean-Christophe Egea.
    Summary: This book aims to explore the intricate interrelationship between oral health and sport, with the focus on highly popular team games, endurance sports, and explosive events. In order to understand the vulnerability of athletes of all levels of ability to oral health problems, relevant aspects of sports physiology and training are outlined, as are the predisposing behavioral, psychological, and physiological elements. Specific sports-related oral risk factors are identified and detailed, and the dental conditions frequently observed in athletes are explained. The dental clinical reality of athletes reveals a wide spectrum of oral consequences, affecting both soft and hard tissues, that can adversely impact on training and competitiveness. Principles of dental management are highlighted, and therapeutic solutions provided for the most common dental lesions. Emphasis is placed on preventative measures and solutions adapted to the athlete's individual needs, as well as the importance of effective collaboration with a diverse team of professionals. The book will be of interest to dentists, health professionals, sports coaches, athletes, and teachers and students of dentistry and medical disciplines.

    Contents:
    Setting the Scene: Endurance Sport, Athletes & Training: A Brief History of Sport
    The Current Popularity of Endurance Sports: Why?
    A Definition of Sport
    Physiological Basics of Endurance Sports
    Regulatory Medical Surveillance of Sport. Oral Health: Sports-Related Risk Factors: The Importance of Oral Health and Athletes
    A Summary of The Risk Factors Affecting Oral Health
    Nutrition of Endurance Athletes: Risk Factor
    Too Much of a Good Thing? The Time Factor Risk
    Exercise Induced Immune Suppression: Risk Factor
    Salivary Alterations: Risk Factor
    Psychology of The Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
    Medication And The Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
    Dental Traumatology and the Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
    Education, Knowledge and Motivation: Risk Factor
    Access to Dental Treatment: Risk Factor. Clinical Reality: Physiological Processes & Oral Health: Periodontal Consequences
    Dental Consequences
    The Dry Mouth Syndrome of Athletes
    Clinical Reality: Dental Occlusion And Performance
    One Step Further: The Influence of Physical Effort on the Manducator System
    The Spread of Oral Infections and Performance
    Dental Pain and Performance
    Notion of Life Quality. Dental Management and Care of Athletes: General Principles
    Specific Principles: Dental Practice
    Therapeutic Solutions for the Most Common Dental Lesions in Endurance Athletes
    The Treatment of Dental Trauma
    Doping, Prescription and Dentistry
    Conclusion (and Final Remarks). Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Douglas J. Casa, editor.
    Summary: This unique book is the first of its kind to specifically explore the science, medicine, challenges and successful experiences of assisting those who must perform and thrive in hot conditions, with an eye toward maximizing both performance and safety. Beginning with both human and comparative physiology as it relates to coping with the heat, key concepts are subsequently elaborated, including heat acclimatization, work-to-rest ratios, hydration, sleep, the effects of altitude, and the use of drugs and supplements. The sections that follow discuss heat-related considerations in individual and team sports and other populations, monitoring techniques, and medical and legal issues. Athletes, warfighters and laborers are often forced to perform intense physical activity in the heat as a part of their jobs or lifestyle. The process of properly preparing for this challenge is multifaceted and often not fully understood or utilized. Sport and Physical Activity in the Heat is an excellent resource for team physicians, high-level coaches, serious athletes, athletic trainers, exercise scientists, strength and conditioning coaches, industrial hygienists, military commanders, or anyone involved in the process of maximizing performance and safety during exercise in the heat for the athlete, warfighter, or laborer.

    Contents:
    Part I: Foundational Concepts
    Part II: Enhancing Exercise Heat Tolerance
    Part III: Tools Available to Assist
    Part IV: Populations
    Part V: Individual Issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Vincent Walsh, Mark Wilson, Beth Parkin.
    Contents:
    Great British medalists: psychosocial biographies of super-elite and elite athletes from Olympic sports
    On elite and super-elite Great British athletes: some theoretical implications from Hardy et al.'s (2017) findings
    The psychosocial development of world-class athletes: additional considerations for understanding the whole person and salience of adversity
    The journey of a thousand miles...: notes on Hardy et al.'s Great British Medalists Project
    Embedding the psychosocial biographies of Olympic medalists in a (meta-)theoretical model of dynamic networks
    Assessing risk factors for athletic excellence
    In search of the golden skill
    Much ado about...? A response to Hardy et al.
    The stress test: does what doesn't kill me, make me a super-elite athlete?
    Adversity-related experiences are essential for Olympic success: additional evidence and considerations
    Getting gritty about practice and success: motivational characteristics of great performers
    Great British medalists: a commentary based on developmental systems theory perspective
    Eventual sport performance level: what about the role of types of sport, perception of critical life events, and practice quality?
    Is a peaceful mind a winning mind? Comment on Hardy et al. (2017)
    Super-elite athletes: some complimentary observations from Australia and some lessons for sports expertise research: comment on Hardy et al.
    A culture of striving augments use of working memory? Implications for attention control
    The tales athletes tell: narrative structure and identity in Great British medalists
    Great British medalists: response to the commentaries
    Index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Pietro Delise, Paolo Zeppilli, editor.
    Summary: Sudden death in athletes is a global problem. Although it is a relatively rare phenomenon (1/100,000 persons), when it does occur, it is often as an incomprehensible event. In fact, it strikes subjects who presumably should be much healthier than the general population. In the previous 20 years, many authors have studied this problem in an attempt to understand the causes and prevent these events, and it has been determined that, in the vast majority of cases, athletes who die suddenly have an underlying heart disease (arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, coronary anomalies, channelopathies, etc.). In most cases these diseases do not produce major symptoms and do not preclude sports activity even at the highest levels, although they do increase the incidence of sudden death. How to discover these diseases in asymptomatic athletes is a hotly debated issue. In particular, there is controversy as to whether all athletes should undergo detailed medical screening, including electrocardiogram, or whether the costs of this screening are too high in relation to the event incidence. The purpose of this book is to accurately analyze the causes of sudden death in athletes and to provide cardiologists and sports physicians with useful tips on how to identify at-risk individuals.

    Contents:
    1 Athlete's heart: anatomical and functional adaptations in the normal population. 2 Sudden death in the athletes: role of autopsy
    3 Electrocardiographic physiological, borderline and pthologic alterations in athlete's heart
    4 Benign arrhythmias in athletes
    5 Usefulness of Italian model of pre-partecipation screening for prevention of sudden death in athletes
    6 Hypertrophic cardiomiopathy and left ventricular non compaction
    7 Arrhythmogenic cardiomiopathy
    8 Acute and chronic myocarditis
    9 Congenital and acquired anomalies of coronary arteries
    10 Interpretation and diagnostic work-up of premature ventricular beats
    11 Long QT syndrome
    12 Short QT syndrome
    13 J wave syndromes: Brugada Syndrome and early repolarization
    14 Cathecolaminergic ventricular tachycardia and idiopathic ventricular fibrillation
    15 Sport activity in subjects with implantable defibrillator.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Georg Stuebinger.
    Summary: Georg Stuebinger verifies each of the 24 most common and deadliest cancer diseases worldwide including well-established and potential risk factors resp. important symptoms by using current literature and comprehensive scientific studies with a direct relation to the impact of various parameters of sports and exercise training such as training type, intensity, volume, duration and frequency complete with the corresponding effects. The impact of sports and exercise training as a potential therapy on reduced risk of cancer has been widely discussed in many scientific articles over the last few years, but is still widely unknown. In 2012, about 14 m cancer cases and 8.2 m cancer deaths appeared worldwide whereby cancer represents one of the most frequent causes of death accounting for approximately 13% with a continuously rising number.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    David Conrad, Alan White, editors ; foreword by Mike Farrar.
    Contents:
    Introduction: The Role of Sport in Public Health
    Part I: Sport and Disaster Response
    Post-Earthquake, Iran
    Civil War, Ivory Coast
    Part II: Peace and Social Capital Building through Sport
    Open Fun Football Schools, Balkans
    Right to Play, International
    Dads and Lads, UK
    Fight for Peace, Brazil
    Part III: Sport and Immunisation
    Olympic Sport and Immunisation Festival, Ghana
    Kick Polio Out of Africa
    Part IV: Sport and Screening
    "Sex and Sport" Chlamydia Screening, Australia
    "Kick N Test" HIV and TB Screening Football Tournament, Kenya
    Part V: Health Promotion in Sports Settings
    CALM Mental Health Promotion in Rugby Clubs, UK
    Healthy Stadia, Europe
    Tackling Men's Health, UK
    Golf for People with Severe and Enduring Mental Health Problems, UK
    Premier League Health, UK
    Developing Health Promotion Resources for Use in Sports Settings, UK
    Part VI: Health Promotion with a Sport Theme
    HIV/AIDS Projects in Africa
    "It's a Goal" Mental Health Intervention, UK
    Liverpool FC Men's Health Work
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    David J. Engel, Dermot M. Phelan, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The Cardiovascular History and Examination
    Chapter 2. Using an electrocardiogram as a component of athlete screening
    Chapter 3. Downstream Cardiac Testing
    Chapter 4. Practical use of genetic testing in athletes
    Chapter 5. Management of Hypertension in the Athlete
    Chapter 6. Valvular Heart Disease
    Chapter 7. Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 8. Other Cardiomyopathies
    Chapter 9. Inflammatory Cardiac Disorders in the Athlete
    Chapter 10. Atrial Fibrillation
    Chapter 11. Sports Participation in Patients with Congenital Long QT Syndrome
    Chapter 12. Sports Cardiology: A Clinical Guide to Diagnosis and Management
    Chapter 13. Cardiovascular Implantable Electronic Devices in Athletes
    Chapter 14. Sports Cardiology: A Clinical Guide to Diagnosis and Management Coronary artery disease in athletes
    Chapter 15. Marfan Syndrome and Other Genetic Aortopathies
    Chapter 16. Congenital Heart Disease: Approach to Evaluation, Management, and Physical Activity
    Chapter 17. Sleep disorders in Athletes
    Chapter 18. Chest Pain and Dyspnea
    Chapter 19. The Evaluation of Palpitations and Dizziness in the Athlete
    Chapter 20. The Collapsed Athlete
    Chapter 21. Cardiac Arrest in the Athlete
    Chapter 22. Commotio Cordis
    Chapter 23. The Impact of COVID-19 on Sports Cardiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, Fabio Lanfranco, Christian Strasburger.
    Contents:
    Growth hormone-insulin-like growth factor axis, thyroid axis, prolactin, and exercise / Hackney, A.C., Davis, H.C., Lane, A.R.
    Exercise and the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis / Duclos, M., Tabarin, A.
    Exercise, training, and the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis in men and women / Cano Sokoloff, N., Misra, M., Ackerman, K.E.
    Metabolic effects of exercise / Moghetti, P., Bacchi, E., Brangani, C., Don, S., Negri, C.
    Endocrine eesponses to exercise in the developing child and adolescent / Richmond, E., Rogol, A.D.
    Impact of physical exercise on endocrine aging / Janssen, J.A.M.J.L.
    Androgens / Iyer, R., Handelsman, D.J.
    Growth hormone and insulin-like growth factor-1 / Nicholls, A.R., Holt, R.I.G.
    Erythropoietin / Jelkmann, W.
    Ergogenic aids and supplements / Porrini, M., Del Bo', C.
    Methods for doping detection / Ponzetto, F., Giraud, S., Leuenberger, N., Boccard, J., Nicoli, R., Baume, N., Rudaz, S., Saugy, M.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    David R. Diduch, L. Michael Brunt, editors.
    Summary: Sports hernias are an increasingly recognized problem in athletics, presenting a challenge for team physicians and other health care providers regarding their diagnosis and management. Confusion is magnified by the various treatment methods that exist, both surgical and non-surgical. Sports Hernia and Athletic Pubalgia is the first text devoted solely to the topic of sports hernia and will examine its etiology and diagnosis, as well as how to differentiate it from other problems involving the athlete's hip area and other injuries it often correlates and interacts with, such as femoroacetabular impingement. It covers all current approaches to treatment, from open approaches to minimally invasive approaches, and discusses rehabilitation and return to play. Comprised of contributions from an international array of expert clinicians and thought leaders, this is the immediate authoritative book on the subject of sports hernias.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mahmut Nedim Doral, Jon Karlsson, editors.
    Summary: Sports Injuries: Prevention, Diagnosis, Treatment and Rehabilitation covers the whole field of sports injuries and is an up-to-date guide for the diagnosis and treatment of the full range of sports injuries. The work pays detailed attention to biomechanics and injury prevention, examines the emerging treatment role of current strategies and evaluates sports injuries of each part of musculoskeletal system. In addition, pediatric sports injuries, extreme sports injuries, the role of physiotherapy, and future developments are extensively discussed. All those who are involved in the care of patients with sports injuries will find this textbook to be an invaluable, comprehensive, and up-to-date reference.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kazuyuki Kanosue, editor in chief ; Tetsuya Ogawa, Mako Fukano, Toru Fukubayashi, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I: Sports Injury Surveillance
    Sports Injury Surveillance in Japan (from Sports Safety Association)
    Sports Injury Surveillance in Japanese Junior and Senior High School Students
    Injury and Illness Surveillance among Olympic Athletes
    Part II: Concussion and Severe Head-Neck Injury
    Concussions in Junior Rugby Football Athletes and their Prevention
    Prevention of head and neck trauma in rugby
    Severe Head & Neck Injury and its Prevention in Judo
    Concussion and Severe Head-Neck Injury: An Approach for their Prevention in Rugby and Judo
    Part III: ACL Injury: Injury Mechanism, Prevention Programs and Their Usefulness
    Video analysis of ACL injuries in sports
    Video Analysis of ACL Injury Mechanisms Using a Model-Based Image-Matching Technique
    Injury Rate of Soccer Players and the Efficacy of the FIFA 11 + Program
    Biomechanical Studies on ACL Injury Risk Factor During Cutting; Utilizing the Point Cluster Technique
    Biomechanical Risk Factors and Prevention of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury
    Risk Factor Analysis of Female Soccer Tournament Players
    Prevention of Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) Injury
    Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury Prevention in Female Adolescents
    FIFA 11+
    Injury Prevention in Amateur Football
    From Development to Worldwide Dissemination
    Influence of Changing Direction on the Center of Gravity and Knee Joint Angle in Rugby Players
    Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury Prevention in Female Lacrosse Players Based on an Examination of Knee and Hip Joint Mechanics During Drop Vertical Jumps Performed While Holding a Lacrosse Stick
    ACL Injury Mechanism in Badminton: Survey of Injury Situation and Motion Analysis Study
    Part IV: ACL Injury: Post-Operative Rehabilitation, Recovery of Function and Tendon Regeneration
    Functional Hop Tests Contribute to Safe Return to Sports after Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Biomechanical Adaptations in Subjects after Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: Preventing Secondary Injury
    Morphology and Function of the Semitendinosus Muscle-Tendon Complex after Harvesting its Tendon for Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Part V: Muscle Functions, Occurrence Mechanisms, and Program to Prevent Strain in the Hamstring Muscles
    Functional Differences among Hamstring Muscles in Hip Extension and Knee Flexion Exercises
    Anatomical and Functional Differences of Hamstrings
    Differences in Activation Patterns of the Hamstring Muscles during Sprinting
    The Relationship between Eccentric Exercise and Muscle Damage in Hamstring Muscles
    Risk factors and prevention of hamstring strain
    Part VI: Function in Arches of the Feet and Occurrence Mechanisms of Foot Disorders, Characteristics and Their Prevention
    Kinematics of the Foot and Ankle
    Biomechanical Analysis of the Effects of Footwear
    Risk Factors and Mechanisms of Fifth Metatarsal Stress Fracture
    Part VII: Lumbar Disorder and an Approach for Its Prevention
    Low Back Disorders Among Athletes and Its Prevention
    The Epidemiology of Low Back Disorders in Athletes
    The Prevention of Low Back Disorders in Divers
    Electromyographic Analysis of Deep Trunk Muscles During Sports Activities.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Rosa Mónica Rodrigo, Joan C. Vilanova, José Martel.
    Summary: This introduction to sports injuries in children and adolescents is written in a user-friendly format and takes into account the fact that sports injuries in the pediatric population are not an easy topic for non-pediatric orthopedic surgeons, pediatricians, and non-pediatric radiologists. The book is divided into five chapters on musculoskeletal particularities in children, head and spine trauma, muscle strains and avulsion injuries, bone fractures, overuse injuries, and miscellanea. Each of these chapters comprises ten cases, and each case study includes up to four figures, a description of the clinical case, a review of the pathophysiology of the condition described in the case, and a final section on imaging findings. Sports Injuries in Children and Adolescents is a case-based book aimed at pediatricians, pediatric orthopedic surgeons, and radiologists.

    Contents:
    Head and Spine Trauma
    Muscle Strains and Avulsion Injuries
    Bone Fractures
    Overuse Injuries
    Miscellanea.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Adam C. Watts, Lennard Funk, Michael Hayton, Chye Yew Ng, Mike Walton, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise guide to the diagnosis, investigations, surgical principles and post-operative rehabilitation to sports injuries of the elbow. It features guidance on best practice and information on the appropriate use of the latest diagnostic and therapeutic techniques. Injuries seen in athletes who participate in overhead and contact sports are discussed along with a range of other injury types. Relevant concepts in applied biomechanics and information on sport-specific rehabilitation are also covered enabling the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to develop appropriate treatment plans tailored to individual needs. Sports Injuries of the Elbow comprehensively covers the diagnosis and treatment of patients with elbow injuries acquired during sporting activities, and is an indispensable resource for all medical professionals seeking an up-to-date reference on how to diagnose and treat a range of sports injuries that affect the elbow. .

    Contents:
    Clinical Anatomy of the Elbow
    Imaging of the Elbow
    Biomechanics of the Elbow Joint
    Elbow Injuries in the Throwing Athlete
    Posterolateral Rotatory Instability of the Elbow
    Osteochondritis Dissecans of the Elbow
    The Stiff Painful Elbow in the Athlete
    Tendon Injuries around the Elbow
    Myofascial Syndromes
    Rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Terrence M. Philbin, editor.
    Summary: Sports Injuries of the Foot is the go-to text for the management and treatment of foot injuries in athletes, demonstrating the current state-of-the-art techniques in assessment, testing and treatment. Organized anatomically beginning with the toes and working down the foot, it covers such common athletic injuries as turf toe, bunions, MTP instability, and midfoot and navicular fractures, all in the context of athletic activity. Attention is also given to special considerations for the adolescent and female athlete, with an eye toward return to play. Written by clinicians for clinicians, it will be an invaluable resource for orthopedists, podiatrists, team physicians, athletic trainers and primary care providers alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gian Luigi Canata, Pieter d'Hooghe, Kenneth J. Hunt, Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Umile Giuseppe Longo, editors.
    Summary: This book explores in a comprehensive manner the best current treatment options for sports injuries of the foot and ankle. Particular attention is devoted to advanced surgical techniques, with practical and clear explanation of every step of the described procedures. The coverage encompasses management of the full range of ligament, bone and joint, and tendon injuries, and a concluding section addresses special considerations such as outcome assessment and advances in rehabilitation techniques. Foot and ankle injuries are extremely common in athletes and may endanger their sporting activity. The approach to these injuries is constantly evolving with the aim of achieving the best possible functional restoration. In presenting a state of the art update covering all aspects of treatment, this book will be of value for established foot and ankle surgeons, fellows and residents in orthopaedics, and all those involved in sports medicine. The authors are leading international experts renowned within their fields, and the book is published in collaboration with ISAKOS.

    Contents:
    Ligament Injuries: Acute Ligamentous injuries in the ankle
    Chronic Ankle Instability
    Syndesmosis Injuries
    Subtalar Joint Instability
    Lisfranc Complex Injuries. Bone and Joint Injuries: Ankle Fractures
    The role of arthroscopy in ankle fractures
    Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus
    Jones Fractures
    Anterior Ankle Impingement Syndromes
    Posterior Impingement and Os Trigonum
    Arthritis of the Foot and Ankle
    Hallux Rigidus
    Hallux Valgus
    Minimally Invasive Techniques to correct alignment
    Advanced Techniques in Arthroscopy of the foot. Tendons and Biology: Achilles Ruptures
    Peroneal Tendon Injuries
    Insertional Achilles Tendinopathy
    Non-insertional Achilles Tendinopathy
    Biologics in the Foot and Ankle
    Cartilage Techniques for osteochondral lesions of the talus. Special Considerations: Outcome
    Outcomes Assessment for the Athlete
    Advances in Rehabilitation Techniques
    Footwear and Orthotics for the Athlete
    Special Athlete Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Mike Hayton, Chye Yew Ng, Lennard Funk, Adam Watts and Mike Walt.
    Summary: This book provides insights into sports medicine addressing trauma of the hand and wrist. This collection of injuries invites readers to trace aetiology, diagnosis, relevant pathology, management principles, and outcomes of numerous injuries in elite and non-elite athletes. The authors present management principles and outcomes. It is an ideal reference for postgraduate musculoskeletal doctors and therapists for Orthopaedic and Sports Medicine postgraduate degrees. Each approach to deal with an injury is underlined by case reports. Readers will also find valuable questions and answers fro self-assessment purpose. Sports Injuries of the Hand and Wrist is aimed at sports doctors, musculoskeletal doctors, senior orthopedic trainees with an interest in upper limb, orthopedic trainees preparing for the FRCSOrth exam and similar international exams, as well as upper hand and wrist surgeons in the earlier years of their practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Lennard Funk, Mike Walton, Adam Watts, Michael Hayton, Chye Yew Ng.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide detailing the aetiology, diagnosis, relevant pathology, management principles, and outcomes of a variety of injuries to the shoulder including rotator cuff disorders, glenoid bone loss, and pectoralis major ruptures in both elite and non-elite athletes. Each chapter features clinical pearls and a question and answer section to emphasize key points. Sports Injuries of the Shoulder is an essential book for those seeking an up-to-date resource. It is aimed at sports doctors and musculoskeletal doctors; senior orthopedic trainees with an interest in upper limb and those preparing for the FRCSOrth exam and similar international exams, as well as surgeons with a particular interest in shoulder conditions.

    Contents:
    Clinical Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Sporting Shoulder
    Shoulder Injuries in overhead athletes
    Scapular Dyskiness in Athletes
    Rotator Cuff Disorders in Athletes
    Labral Injuries in Athletes
    Glenoid bone loss in athletes
    Acromioclavicular joint injuries
    The sternoclavicular joint
    Glenohumeral Arthritis in Athletes
    Pectoralis Major Ruptures
    Principles of Sport-specific Rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Eric Shamus, Jennifer Shamus
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Biomechanics: An Interdisciplinary Tool
    Chapter 2: Baseball
    Chapter 3: Tennis
    Chapter 4: Volleyball
    Chapter 5: Swimming
    Chapter 6: Diving
    Chapter 7: Golf
    Chapter 8: Dinghy Sailing
    Chapter 9: Running
    Chapter 10: Alpine Skiing
    Chapter 11: Ice Hockey
    Chapter 12: Football
    Chapter 13: Basketball
    Chapter 14: Soccer
    Chapter 15: Martial Arts
    Chapter 16: Mixed Martial Arts
    Chapter 17: Cycling
    Chapter 18: Lacrosse
    Chapter 19: Javelin
    Chapter 20: Cheerleading
    Chapter 21: Pilates in Sports
    Chapter 22: Evaluation and Rehabilitation for Anterior Knee Pain.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2017
  • Digital
    Mouhanad M. El-Othmani, Henry T. Goitz, J. Antonio Bouffard.
    Summary: Ideal for all practitioners of musculoskeletal medicine, this practical pocket guide provides a standardized approach, through detailed checklists and protocols, for a complete ultrasonographic examination of the musculoskeletal system to assist in the diagnosis and management of orthopedic and sports medicine pathologies. As the trend in the US healthcare system continues to move towards optimizaing value in care delivery, the utilization of ultrasound has been in the spotlight as a cost-efficient and accurate diagnostic modality for musculoskeletal pathology Ultrasound assessment remains user-dependent, and multiple pathologies can often be overlooked due to the lack of a standardized approach to assess a specific joint or anatomic structure. To address this challenge, this user-friendly text presents a quick, accessible, and structured approach for a complete sonographic examination. After a general overview of the use of ultrasound in musculoskeletal medicine, each chapter proceeds anatomically and includes a detailed, step-by-step approach to the ultrasound diagnostic assessment, covering all major joints and pathologies of clinical importance: shoulder, elbow, hand and wrist, hip, knee, and foot and ankle. Plentiful images support this stepwise approach, covering the entire spectrum from patient positioning to ultrasound findings and appearance. Students, residents, and fellows in orthopedics and sports medicine will find this text especially valuable, however all healthcare providers dealing with the diagnosis and management of musculoskeletal conditions will benefit from its clear and concise approach.

    Contents:
    General Overview of Musculoskeletal Ultrasound
    Ultrasound of the Shoulder
    Ultrasound of the Elbow
    Ultrasound of the Hands and Wrist
    Ultrasound of the Hip
    Ultrasound of the Knee
    Ultrasound of the Foot and Ankle.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jordan D. Metzl with David T. Bernhardt [and 8 others] ; with foreword by Lewis R. First.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    Sérgio Rocha Piedade, Andreas B. Imhoff, Mark Clatworthy, Moises Cohen, João Espregueira-Mendes, editors.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated book provides information of outstanding quality on the presentation and management of the entire range of sports injuries and conditions likely to be encountered by the sports medicine physician, as well as many other topics relating to sports activity, events, and outcomes. It is the product of close collaboration among members of several ISAKOS committees, and the chapter authors are clinicians and scientists from across the world who are acknowledged experts in sports medicine and orthopedics. The book opens by discussing fundamental topics and principles, covering subjects such as the biomechanics of injuries, physiological demands in sports practice, sports activity at different ages, nutrition and hydration, strength and conditioning, injury prevention, recovery, rehabilitation, and return to play. Subsequent chapters focus in depth on overtraining injuries, neurological disorders, sports trauma to different parts of the body, and special clinical conditions. Further topics to be addressed are different scenarios in sports (e.g., indoor vs outdoor), sports equipment, biologic treatment of sports injuries, major sporting events, and patient-recorded outcome measures.

    Contents:
    PART 1 Sports Practice Principles
    Multidisciplinary Sports Medicine Team
    Pre-participation Evaluation in Sports Practice
    Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal Injuries
    Physiological Demands in Sports Practice
    Sports Activity at Childhood and Adolescence
    Sports Activity at Adult Life and Old Age
    Oriented Warm-up
    Nutrition and Hydration
    Sports Rehabilitation
    Role of Strength and Conditioning Coach
    Sports Injuries Primary and Secondary Prevention
    Return to Play
    PART 2 Overtraining Injuries
    Achilles Tendinopathy
    Muscle Injuries
    Stress Fractures
    Shin Pain
    Groin Injuries
    PART 3 Neurological Disorders
    Seizures and Epilepsies
    Spine Injuries
    PART 4 Sports Trauma
    Face
    Thoracic
    Abdomen
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Wrist and Hand
    Hip
    Knee
    Ankle and Foot
    PART 5 Special Conditions
    Female Athlete Triad and RED-S
    Sudden Cardiac Arrest
    Concussion
    Dopping
    Dermatological Injuries
    Oral Health
    Travelling Management
    Sports Management in Extreme Conditions
    Sports After Knee Arthroplasty
    Ringside physician
    PART 6 Different Scenarios in Sports
    Indoor Sports
    Outdoor Sports: Winter
    PART 7 Sports Equipment
    Sports Footwear: Problems and Advances
    PART 8 Biologics in Sports Injuries
    Biologic Treatment in Tendon and Muscle Injuries
    Biologic Treatment in Ligament Injuries
    Biologic Treatment in Meniscus Injuries
    PART 9 Major Events in Sports
    Olympic Games
    Paralympic Games
    FIFA World Cup
    Extreme Sports
    JUDO, Brazilian jiu-jistsu, and Mix Martial arts
    PART 10 PROMS
    Proms in Sports Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Brian Hainline, Robert A. Stern.
    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction. Sports and the human brain: an evolutionary perspective
    Sports neurology as a multidisciplinary field
    Section II: Traumatic brain injury and concussion. Mild traumatic brain injury and concussion: terminology and classification
    Catastrophic neurologic injuries in sport
    Concussive and subconcussive brain trauma: the complexity of impact biomechanics and injury
    risk in contact sport
    Concussion: pathophysiology and clinical translation
    Epidemiology of sports concussion in the United States
    Sideline assessment of concussion
    Emergency department evaluation of the concussed athlete
    Office-based concussion evaluation, diagnosis, and management: adult
    Office-based concussion evaluation, diagnosis, and management: pediatric
    The relationship of migraine and other headache disorders to concussion
    Sleep disorders and concussion
    Vestibular dysfunction and concussion
    Neuro-ophthalmologic disorders following concussion
    Neuropsychiatry of sport-related concussion
    Postconcussion syndrome
    The role of neuropsychologists in concussion evaluation and management
    Return to play following sports-related concussion
    Return to learn
    Neuroimaging of brain trauma in sports
    Blood and cerebrospinal fluid biomarkers
    Measuring head impacts: accelerometers and other sensors
    Subconcussive trauma
    The evolving landscape of policies, rules, and law in sport-related concussion
    The modern landscape of sport-related concussion research: key achievements and future directions
    Section III: Neurodegeneration and other long-term consequences of concussion and
    repetitive head impacts. Chronic traumatic encephalopathy: clinical presentation and in vivo diagnosis
    The neuropathology of chronic traumatic encephalopathy
    Chronic traumatic encephalopathy: neuroimaging biomarkers
    Chronic traumatic encephalopathy: fluid biomarkers
    Section IV: Cervical spinal cord injuries. Biomechanics and common mechanisms of injury of the cervical spine
    Cervical spine trauma evaluation
    Acute management of cervical spine trauma
    Cervical spine trauma: prevention strategies
    Classification in para sport for athletes following cervical spine trauma
    Section V: Peripheral nerve injuries. Peripheral nerve injury in sport: an overview
    Neuromuscular adaptations in shoulder function and dysfunction
    Common peripheral nerve injuries in sport: diagnosis and management
    Section VI: Pain. Sport-related injury and pain classification
    Pain management in sport: therapeutic injections
    Section VII: Special neurologic considerations in sport. Athletes with neurologic disease
    Neurologic benefits of sports and exercise
    Future directions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Kazuyuki Kanosue, editor in chief ; Tomoyuki Nagami, Jun Tsuchiya, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Hua Yan.
    Summary: This book covers sports-related eye injuries, presenting standard processes to enable clinical practitioners to make appropriate decisions on the management of these patients. Sports-related activities are responsible for a large percentage of ocular injuries, particularly among young people, and can even lead to blindness. Given the increasing trend in these injuries and the potential functional loss they entail, it is important to understand how to prevent and to accurately diagnose and treat them. This book discusses the definition, etiology, clinical presentations and signs, treatment, and prevention of sports-related eye injuries, and includes typical clinical cases, together with a wealth of images and illustrative figures. Offering a systematic and symptom-based guide to clinical practice, it will help clinical practitioners to fully prepare for the various challenges posed by sports-related eye injuries.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Epidemics of Sports-related Eye Injuries
    3. Risk Classification of Sports Events
    4. Classification and Mechanism of Sports related eye injury
    5. Sports-related injuries of the anterior segment
    6. Posterior Segment of Sports-related Eye Injuries
    7. Ocular Adnexal of Sports-Related Eye Injuries
    8. Burns and Radiation Exposure
    9. Prevention of Sports-related Eye Injuries
    10. The application of protective devices in sports-related eye injuries
    11. Guideliness of Return To Play
    12. Sideline evaluation of the injured player
    13. Screening of Sports-related Eye Injuries
    14. Controversial Issue.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Morteza Khodaee, Anna L. Waterbrook, Matthew Gammons.
    Summary: This exciting, user-friendly text covers everything sports medicine and emergency clinicians need to know when encountering sports-related injuries and trauma, whether on the field or in the office. Divided into eight thematic sections, all aspects of musculoskeletal and other trauma care are described in detail, with each chapter including key points for quick reference. The opening section presents general approaches to sports-related trauma, from initial evaluation and acute management to stabilization, anesthesia and imaging. The different types of fractures and dislocations, as well as musculoskeletal healing complications, are covered in part two. The next three sections then take in-depth looks at bone and joint trauma in the upper extremity, lower extremity and axial skeleton, respectively. Soft tissue and other sports-related trauma comprise parts six and seven - from tendons, ligaments, nerves and more to chest, head and facial injuries. The final and largest section presents sports-specific injuries, covering more than 30 individual and team activities from baseball, basketball and hockey to swimming, sailing and triathalon. Throughout, copious figures, photographs and tables enhance and advance the content for a complete, well-rounded examination of the field. Comprehensive but not complex, Sports-related Fractures, Dislocations and Trauma is a practical, high-yield manual for sports medicine and emergency care specialists, primary care physicians and any other professionals caring for athletes both on the field and in the office.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Approaches to Sports Trauma
    Part II: General Synopsis of Acute Musculoskeletal Care in Sports
    Part III: Acute Sports-related Bones and Joints Trauma: Upper Extremity
    Part IV: Acute Sports-related Bones and Joints Trauma: Lower Extremity
    Part V: Acute Sports-related Bones and Joints Trauma: Axial Skeleton
    Part VI: Acute Soft Tissue Injuries in Sports
    Part VII: Other Sports-related Trauma
    Part VIII: Sports-specific Injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Graham B. Erickson.
    Summary: From basic eye care services to visual performance training, this evidence-based resource explores a range of sports vision services, including assessment and treatment procedures, outcome expectations, and applications to a variety of sports. Optometrists, ophthalmologists, and sports medicine practitioners will find a thorough review and discussion of the role of vision care in an athlete's performance, as well as practical recommendations for applying current research findings to clinical practice. Contains practical, clinically oriented chapters on visual assessment, prescribing, and ocular injuries in athletes. Takes a task analysis approach allowing the reader to develop solid reasoning skills and evaluate information needed for clinical practice. Includes a new chapter on Assessment and Management of Sports-Related Concussion. Features visual aids throughout including photographs, tables, and boxes to help clarify and visualize important concepts. Addresses sports vision training approaches and updated digital options reflecting the collaboration between athletic trainers, optometrists, and ophthalmologists in helping optimize vision in athletes.

    Contents: <br/
    >1. Introduction to Sports Vision;
    2. Visual Task Analysis in Sports;
    3. Visual Information Processing in Sports;
    4. Visual Performance Evaluation;
    5. Sports Vision Screening and Report Strategies;
    6. Prescribing for the Athlete;
    7. Management of Sport-Related Ocular Injuries and Concussion;
    8. Sports Vision Training;
    9. Sports Vision Practice Development; Multiple appendices
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Springer v. 1-, 1992-
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Springer handbook of auditory research to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Dietmar Schomburg and Ida Schomburg (eds.).
    Contents:
    v. 1. Class 5: Isomerases
    v. 2. Class 6: Ligases
    v. 3. Class 4: Lyases I
    v. 4. Class 4: Lyases II
    v. 5. Class 4: Layases III
    v. 6. Class 3.4: Hydrolases I
    v. 7. Class 3.4: Hydrolases II
    v. 8. Class 3.4: Hydrolases III
    Index A: Synonym
    v. 9. Class 3.1: Hydrolases IV
    v. 10. Class 3.1: Hydrolases V
    v. 11. Class 3.1: Hydroclass VI
    v. 12. Class 3.2: Hydrolases VII
    v. 13. Class 3.2: Hydrolases VIII
    v. 14. Class 3.2-3.5: Hydrolases IX
    v. 15. Class 3.5-3.12: Hydrolases X
    v. 16. Class 1: Oxidoreductases I
    v. 17. Class 1: Oxidoreductases II
    v. 18. Class 1: Oxidoreductases III
    v. 19. Class 1: Oxidoreductases IV
    v. 20. Class 1: Oxidoreductases V. Class 1: Oxidoreductases VI
    v. 22. Class 1: Oxidoreductases VII
    v. 23. Class 1: Oxidoreductases VIII.
    v. 24. Class 1: Oxidoreductases IX
    v. 25. Class 1: Oxidoreductases X
    v. 26. Class 1: Oxidoreductases XI
    v. 27. Class 1: Oxidoreductases XII
    v. 28. Class 2: Transferases I
    v. 29. Class 2: Transferases II
    v. 30. Class 2: Transferases III
    v. 31. Class 2: Transferases IV
    v. 32. Class 2: Transferases V
    v. 33. Class 2: Transferases VI EC 2.4.2.1-2.5.1.30
    v. 34. Class 2: Transferases VI EC 2.5.1.31-2.6.1.57
    v. 35. Class 2: Transferases VIII
    v. 36. Class 2: Transferases IX
    v. 37. Class 2: Transferases X
    v. 38. Class 2: Transferases XI
    v. 39. Class 2: Transferases XII
    v. S1. Class 1: Oxidoreductases EC 1
    v. S2. Class 2: Transferases EC 2.1-2.7.10
    v. S3. Class 2: Transferases EC 2.7.11.1-2.7.11.16
    v. S4. Class 2: Transferases EC 2.7.11.17-2.8
    v. S5. Class 3: Hydrolases EC 3.1-3.4.21
    v. S6. Class 3: Hydrolases EC3.4.22-3.13
    v. S7. Class 4-6: Lyases, Isomerases, Ligases EC 4-6.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    v. 22, 2005, Class 1, Oxidoreductases VII, EC 1.4
    v. 23, 2005, Class 1, Oxidoreductases VIII, EC 1.5
    v. 24, 2005, Class 1, Oxidoreductases IX, EC 1.6-1.8
    v. 25, 2006, Class 1, Oxidoreductases X, EC 1.9-1.13
    v. 26, 2006, Class 1, Oxidoreductases XI, EC 1.14.11-1.14.14
    v. 27, 2006, Class 1, Oxidoreductases XII, EC 1.14.15-1.97
    v. 28, 2006, Class 2, Transferases I, EC 2.1.1
    v. 29, 2006, Class 2, Transferases II, EC 2.1.2.1-2.3.1.59
    v. 30, 2006, Class 2, Transferases III, EC 2.3.1.60-2.3.3.15
    v. 31, 2006, Class 2, Transferases IV, EC 2.4.1.1.-2.4.1.89
    v. 32, 2006, Class 2, Transferases V, EC 2.4.1.90-2.4.1.232
    v. 33, 2007, Class 2, Transferases VI, EC 2.4.2.1-2.5.1.30
    v. 34, 2007, Class 2, Transferases VI, EC 2.5.1.31-2.6.1.57
    v. 35, 2007, Class 2, Transferases VIII, EC 2.6.1.58-2.7.1.37
    v. 36, 2007, Class 2, Transferases IX, EC 2.7.1.38-2.7.1.112
    v. 37, 2007, Class 2, Transferases X, EC 2.7.1.113-2.7.5.7
    v. 38, 2007, Class 2, Transferases XI, EC 2.7.6-2.7.7
    v. 39, 2008, Class 2, Transferases XII, EC 2.7.8-2.9.1
    v. S1, 2009, Class 1, Oxidoreductases, EC 1
    v. S2, 2009, Class 2, Transferases, EC 2.1-2.7.10
    v. S3, 2009, Class 2, Transferases, EC 2.7.11.1-2.7.11.16
    v. S4, 2009, Class 2, Transferases, EC 2.7.11.17-2.8
    v. S5, 2009, Class 3, Hydrolases, EC 3.1-3.4.21
    v. S6, 2009, Class 3, Hydrolases, EC3.4.22-3.13
    v. S7, 2009, Class 4-6, Lyases, Isomerases, Ligases, EC 4-6.
  • Digital
    Wolfgang Glänzel, Henk F. Moed, Ulrich Schmoch, Mike Thelwall (eds.).
    Summary: This handbook presents the state of the art of quantitative methods and models to understand and assess the science and technology system. Focusing on various aspects of the development and application of indicators derived from data on scholarly publications, patents and electronic communications, the individual chapters, written by leading experts, discuss theoretical and methodological issues, illustrate applications, highlight their policy context and relevance, and point to future research directions. A substantial portion of the book is dedicated to detailed descriptions and analyses of data sources, presenting both traditional and advanced approaches. It addresses the main bibliographic metrics and indexes, such as the journal impact factor and the h-index, as well as altmetric and webometric indicators and science mapping techniques on different levels of aggregation and in the context of their value for the assessment of research performance as well as their impact on research policy and society. It also presents and critically discusses various national research evaluation systems. Complementing the sections reflecting on the science system, the technology section includes multiple chapters that explain different aspects of patent statistics, patent classification and database search methods to retrieve patent-related information. In addition, it examines the relevance of trademarks and standards as additional technological indicators. The Springer Handbook of Science and Technology Indicators is an invaluable resource for practitioners, scientists and policy makers wanting a systematic and thorough analysis of the potential and limitations of the various approaches to assess research and research performance.

    Contents:
    PART A: Analysis of Data Sources and Network Analysis.- The Journal Impact Factor: A Brief History, Critique, and Discussion of Adverse Effects.- Bibliometric Delineation of Scientific Fields.- Knowledge Integration: Its Meaning and Measurement.- Using Google Scholar for Research Assessment. A New Data Source for Bibliometric Studies: Strengths Versus Weaknesses
    Disentangling Gold Open Access.- Science Forecasts: Measuring, Predicting, and Communicating Scientific Developments.- Science Mapping Analysis Software Tools: A Review.- Creation and Analysis of Large-Scale Bibliometric Networks.- Science Mapping and the Identification of Topics: Theoretical and Methodological Considerations.- PART B: Advancement of Methodology for Research Assessment.- Measuring Science: Basic Principles and Application of Advanced Bibliometrics.- Field Normalization of Scientometric Indicators.- All Along the h-Index-Related Literature: A Guided Tour.- Citation Classes: A Distribution-Based Approach for Evaluative Purposes.- Author-Level Indicators of Research Performance.- Challenges, Approaches and Solutions in Data Integration for Research and Innovation.- Synergy in Innovation Systems: Redundancy in the Triple Helix of University-Industry-Government Relations.- PART C: Science Systems and Research Policy.- Scientometrics Shaping Science Policy, Science Policy Shaping Scientometrics: Experience from the ECOOM Case.- Different Processes, Similar Results? A Comparison of Performance Monitoring in the UK, Australia and Germany.- Scientific Collaboration Among BRICS: Trends and Priority Areas.- The Relevance of National Journals from a Chinese Perspective.- Bibliometric Approaches to Gender Studies.- How Biomedical Research Can Inform both Clinicians and the General Public.- Societal Impact Measurement of Research Papers.- Econometric Approaches to the Measurement of Research Productivity.- Developing Current Research Information Systems as Data Sources for Studies of Research.- PART D: New Indicators for Research Assessment.- Social Media Metrics for New Research Evaluation.- Reviewing, Indicating, and Counting Books for Modern Research Evaluation Systems.- Scholarly Twitter Metrics.- Readership Data and Research Impact.- Data Collection from the Web for Informetric Purposes.- Web Citation Indicators for Wider Impact Assessment of Articles.- Usage Bibliometrics as a Tool to Measure Research Activity.- Online Indicators for Non-Standard Academic Outputs.- PART E: Advancement of Methodology for Patent Analysis.- Information Technology-Based Patent Retrieval Models.- The Role of the Patent Attorney in the Filing Process.- Exploiting Images for Patent Search.- Methodological Challenges for Creating Accurate Patent Indicators.- Similarity of Patents and Publications.- Application of Text-Analytics in Quantitative Study of Science and Technology.- Functional Patent Classification.- PART F: Patent System, Patents and Economics.- Computer-Implemented Inventions in Europe.- Interplay of Patents and Trademarks as Tools in Economic Competition.- Post Catch-up Science and Technology Trajectories: Publishing and Patenting Activities of China and Korea.- Standardization and Standards as Science and Innovation Indicators.
  • Digital
    Summary: Springer Publishing Connect offers full-text HTML and PDF access to over 400 books to both individuals and institutions. A publishing pioneer celebrating 65 years in the industry, Springer Publishing Company is known as an innovative nursing, social sciences, and medical publisher.
    Digital Access Database
  • Print
    Franks, Violet.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Springer series, focus on women to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Robert A. Novelline.
    Summary: In this long-awaited 7th edition, Robert Novelline provides more than 600 new high-resolution images representing the current breadth of radiological procedures. The clear choice for excelling in the practice of radiology, this textbook covers essential topics in the curriculum and features hundreds of cases clinicians can turn to again and again.-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basic concepts
    The imaging techniques
    Normal radiologic anatomy
    How to study the chest
    The lung
    Lung consolidations and pulmonary nodules
    The diaphragm, the pleural spaces, and pulmonary embolism
    Lung overexpansion, lung collapse, and mediastinal shift
    The mediastinum
    The heart
    How to study the abdomen
    Bowel gas patterns, free fluid, and free air
    Contrast examinations and CT of the gastrointestinal tract
    The abdominal organs
    The musculoskeletal system
    Women, men, and children
    The vascular system
    The central nervous system
    Interventional radiology
    The latest in diagnostic imaging.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    edited by Bettina Warscheid.
    Contents:
    1. Fifteen Years of Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Cell Culture (SILAC) / Matthias Mann
    2. Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids Applied to Bacterial Cell Culture / Boumediene Soufi and Boris Macek
    3. SILAC Labeling of Yeast for the Study of Membrane Protein Complexes / Silke Oeljeklaus, Andreas Schummer, Ida Suppanz, and Bettina Warscheid
    4. Whole Proteome Analysis of the Protozoan Parasite Trypanosoma brucei Using Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Cell Culture and Mass Spectrometry / Olivera Cirovic and Torsten Ochsenreiter
    5. Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Cultured Primary Neurons / Guoan Zhang, Katrin Deinhardt, and Thomas A. Neubert
    6. SILAC and Alternatives in Studying Cellular Proteomes of Plants / Annemarie Matthes, Karin Köhl, and Waltraud X. Schulze
    7. In Vivo Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Drosophila melanogaster / Matthias D. Sury, Jia-Xuan Chen, and Matthias Selbach
    8. Stable Isotope Labeling for Proteomic Analysis of Tissues in Mouse / Soraya Hölper, Aaron Ruhs, and Marcus Krüger
    9. Identification of Novel Protein Functions and Signaling Mechanisms by Genetics and Quantitative Phosphoproteomics in Caenorhabditis elegans / Julius Fredens, Kasper Engholm-Keller, Jakob Møller-Jensen, Martin Røssel Larsen, and Nils J. Færgeman
    10. SILAC-Based Temporal Phosphoproteomics / Chiara Francavilla, Omid Hekmat, Blagoy Blagoev, and Jesper V. Olsen
    11. Global Ubiquitination Analysis by SILAC in Mammalian Cells / Zhiping Wu, Chan Hyun Na, Haiyan Tan, and Junmin Peng
    12. Quantifying In Vivo, Site-Specific Changes in Protein Methylation with SILAC / Ho-Tak Lau, Karen A. Lewis, and Shao-En Ong
    13. Applying SILAC for the Differential Analysis of Protein Complexes / Karsten Boldt, Christian J. Gloeckner, Yves Texier, Felix von Zweydorf, and Marius Ueffing
    14. Defining Dynamic Protein Interactions Using SILAC-Based Quantitative Mass Spectrometry / Xiaorong Wang and Lan Huang
    15. Identifying Nuclear Protein-Protein Interactions Using GFP Affinity Purification and SILAC-Based Quantitative Mass Spectrometry / H. Irem Baymaz, Cornelia G. Spruijt, and Michiel Vermeulen
    16. Analyzing the Protein Assembly and Dynamics of the Human Spliceosome with SILAC / Carla Schmidt, Monika Raabe, Reinhard Lührmann, and Henning Urlaub
    17. Identification and Validation of Protein-Protein Interactions by Combining Co-immunoprecipitation, Antigen Competition, and Stable Isotope Labeling / Frederik Sommer, Timo Mühlhaus, Dorothea Hemme, Daniel Veyel, and Michael Schroda
    18. Protein Correlation Profiling-SILAC to Study Protein- Protein Interactions / Anders R. Kristensen and Leonard J. Foster
    19. Autophagosomal Proteome Analysis by Protein Correlation Profiling-SILAC / Andrea C. Becker and Jörn Dengjel
    20. Design and Application of Super-SILAC for Proteome Quantification / Yair Pozniak and Tamar Geiger
    21. Proteomics Meets Genetics: SILAC Labeling of Drosophila melanogaster Larvae and Cells for In Vivo Functional Studies / Alessandro Cuomo, Roberta Sanfilippo, Thomas Vaccari, and Tiziana Bonaldi
    22. Analysis of Secreted Proteins Using SILAC / Jeanette Henningsen, Blagoy Blagoev, and Irina Kratchmarova
    23. Identification of MicroRNA Targets by Pulsed SILAC / Markus Kaller, Silke Oeljeklaus, Bettina Warscheid, and Heiko Hermeking
    24. MaxQuant for In-Depth Analysis of Large SILAC Datasets / Stefka Tyanova, Matthias Mann, and Jürgen Cox.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Stahl, Stephen M.
    Summary: Comprehensive and regularly updated, providing full access to the entire current Cambridge portfolio of neuropsychopharmacology books by Dr Stahl. A one-stop shop
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl ; editorial assistant, Meghan M. Grady ; with illustrations by Nancy Muntner.
    Summary: "For this 5th edition of Stahl's Essential Psychopharmacology you will notice that every figure in the book has been revised, refreshed and updated with new colors, shading and outlining. About half the figures are entirely new. The number of chapters has decreased by one, with merger of mood stabilizers into treatments for mood disorders; the text itself and the total number of figures and tables are all approximately the same in length and number, although all chapters have been edited, most of them extensively with the details of what has changed listed below. The number of references has now been doubled. Overall, 14 drugs have new uses and indications presented, and 18 brand new drugs are introduced and discussed"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Stephen Stahl ; editorial assistant, Meghan M. Grady ; with illustrations by Nancy Muntner ; consultant child psychiatry reviewers, DeeAnn Wong, Desiree Shapiro.
    Contents:
    Amphetamine-D
    Amphetamine-D, L
    Aripiprazole
    Asenapine
    Atomoxetine
    Bupropion
    Chlorpromazine
    Citalopram
    Clomipramine
    Clonidine
    Clozapine
    Duloetine
    Escitalopram
    Fluoxetine
    Fluvoxamine
    Guanfacine
    Haloperidol
    Lisdexamfetamine
    Lithium
    Lurasidone
    Methylphenidate-D
    Methylphenidate-D, L
    Olanzapine
    Paliperidone
    Paroxetine
    Pimozide
    Quetiapine
    Risperidone
    Sertraline
    Trazodone
    Valproate
    Venlafaxine
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl, University of California, San Diego, Debbi Ann Morrissette, Neuorscience Education Insitute ; Nancy Muntner, illustrations.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2016
  • Print
    Stephen M. Stahl, Sabrina K. Segal.
    Summary: Describes the spectrum of symptoms included in mood disorders, the neurocircuitry that underlies those symptoms, and the evidence-based therapeutic targets for the treatment of those symptoms. Also addresses best practices for early screening/detection and longterm management/treatment of mood disorders.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2023
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl, Debbi Ann Morissette ; Nancy Muntner, illustrations.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2014
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl.
    Summary: "As many readers know, Essential Psychopharmacology started in 1996 as a textbook (currently in its fourth edition) on how psycho- tropic drugs work and then expanded to a companion Prescriber's Guide in 2005 (currently in its sixth edition) on how to prescribe psychotropic drugs. In 2008, a website was added (stahlonline.org) with both of these books available online in combination with several more, including an Illustrated series of several books covering specialty topics in psychopharmacology. In 2011 a case book was added, called Case Studies: Stahl's Essential Psychopharmacology that shows how to apply the concepts presented in these previous books to real patients in a clinical practice setting. Now comes a compre- hensive set of questions and answers that we call Stahl's Self- Assessment Examination in Psychiatry: Multiple Choice Questions for Clinicians, designed to be integrated into the suite of our mental health/psychopharmacology books and products in the manner that I will explain here"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basic neuroscience
    Psychosis and schizophrenia and antipsychotics
    Unipolar depression and antidepressants
    Bipolar disorder and mood stabilizers
    Anxiety disorders and anxiolytics
    Chronic pain and its treatment
    Disorders of sleep and wakefulness and their treatment
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and its treatment
    Dementia and cognitive function and its treatment
    Substance use and impulsive compulsive disorders and their treatment
    CME: posttest and certificate.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Print
    written by Jason Reynolds ; adapted from Stamped from the beginning by and with an introduction from Ibram X. Kendi.
    Summary: "The construct of race has always been used to gain and keep power, to create dynamics that separate and silence. Racist ideas are woven into the fabric of this country, and the first step to building an antiracist America is acknowledging America's racist past and present. This book takes you on that journey, showing how racist ideas started and were spread, and how they can be discredited"--Dust jacket flap The thief known as racism is all around. The construct of race has always been used to gain and keep power, to create dynamics that separate and silence. Racist ideas are woven into a fabric of this country, and the first step to building an antiracist America is acknowledging America's racist past and present. This book takes you on that journey, showing you racist ideas started and were spread, and how they can discredited. Through a gripping, fast-paced, and energizing narrative, Stamped shines a light on the many insidious forms of racist ideas -- and on ways YOU can identify and stamp out racist thoughts, leading to a better future. -- From dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Section 1: 1415-1728. The story of the world's first racist ; Puritan power ; A different Adam ; A racist wunderkind ; Section 2: 1743-1826. Proof in the poetry ; Time out ; Time in ; Jefferson's notes ; Uplift suasion ; The great contradictor
    Section 3: 1826-1879. Mass communication for mass emancipation ; Uncle Tom ; Complicated Abe ; Garrison's last stand
    Section 4: 1868-1963. Battle of the Black brains ; Jack Johnson vs. Tarzan ; Birth of a nation (and a new nuisance) ; The mission is in the name ; Can't sing and dance and write it away ; Home is where the hatred is
    Section 5: 1963-today. When death comes ; Black power ; Murder was the case ; What war on drugs? ; The soundtrack of sorrow and subversion ; A million strong ; A bill too many ; A miracle and still a maybe.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Allison J. Applebaum.
    Summary: Compassionate, groundbreaking, and urgently needed, Stand By Me provides caregivers with new ways to juggle the responsibilities and emotional ups and downs of caregiving.As the founder of the only devoted Caregivers Clinic in the country, clinical psychologist Dr. Allison Applebaum is no stranger to the intensity of being an unpaid, untrained family caregiver. She also understands that it is often the strength and well-being of these very caregivers--the parents, children, partners, siblings, and friends of patients--that are the true linchpin determining each patient's illness experience. This book puts the practical tools and transformative support of the Caregivers Clinic in your hands, empowering you to provide your loved one with the best quality of life and care possible, while promoting your own wellbeing. The book covers crucial topics including: -Getting the most from any healthcare system -Productive advance care planning -Navigating changing roles and relationship dynamics -Finding meaning and purpose in the caregiving experience Stand By Me draws on a decade of clinical and research experience as well as Dr. Applebaum's personal journey as the primary caregiver for her own father, legendary composer Stanley Applebaum, at the end of his life. Dr. Applebaum recognizes caregivers for who they truly are: invaluable healthcare team members. Offering critical insight and takeaways, Stand By Me is an essential resource throughout your caregiving journey.
    Digital Access 2024
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    National Commission on Correctional Health Care.
    Summary: NCCHC's nationally recognized standards lay the foundation for constitutionally acceptable health services and can help jails improve health services delivery. The standards address seven general areas: (1) governance and administration; (2) health promotion, safety, and disease prevention; (3) personnel and training; (4) ancillary health care services; (5) patient care and treatment; (6) special needs and services; and (7) medical-legal issues.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV8833 .N385 2018
    1
  • Print
    National Commission on Correctional Health Care.
    Summary: This manual contains 70 standards grouped under nine general areas. Every standard is categorized, numbered, and named. The statement below the standard's name is designated as the standard, a succinct sentence or two about the topic and statement of the expected outcome. Following the standard are compliance indicators, which specify how meeting the standard can usually be assessed. Next is the discussion section, the first sentence of which states the intent of the standard.

    Contents:
    Governance and administration
    Safety
    Personnel and training
    Health care services and support
    Patient care and treatment
    Health promotion
    Special needs and services
    Health records
    Medical-legal issues.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV9104 .N385 2015
    1
  • Print
    National Commission on Correctional Health Care.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV8843 .N385 2018
    1
  • Print
    National Commission on Correctional Health Care.
    Contents:
    Governance and administration
    Safety
    Personnel and training
    Mental health care services and support
    Patient care and treatment
    Mental health promotion
    Special mental health needs and services
    Clinical records
    Medical-legal issues.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC451.4.P68 N38 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Brian C. Gilger, Cynthia S. Cook, Michael H. Brown, editors.
    Summary: "This book is an international effort to standardize the language, terms, and methods used in ocular toxicology. With over 300 color illustrations this consensus volume provides standards and harmonization for procedures, terminology, and scoring schemes for ocular toxicology. it is essential for industry, pharmaceutical companies, and governmental agencies to help improve the drug development process and to reduce and refine the use of animals in research"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Standards for conducting ophthalmic examinations in laboratory animals
    Standard operating procedures for common laboratory animal ocular procedures
    Harmonization of lesion nomenclature in laboratory animals
    Spontaneous incidence of ocular abnormalities in laboratory animals
    Standardized scoring of ocular findings in the context of drug and device development programs.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Summary: "Adopted by nurses and healthcare organizations worldwide these expert developed and reviewed benchmarks are the standards for nursing care of women and newborns. The AWHONN Standards summarize the specialty's core principles of nursing practice. This new edition reflects AWHONN's commitment to promote the health of women and newborns by describing women's health, obstetric and neonatal nursing practice and nurses' roles and responsibilities to their patients. This edition emphasizes the nursing profession's important role in providing evidence-based care that is developmentally and culturally appropriate. Featured in the eighth edition are the enduring Standards of Practice and Standards of Professional Performance that are based on and adapted from the current American Nurses Association (ANA) Nursing Scope and Standards of Practice that reflect key elements of obstetric, women's health and newborn nursing. Also included is a customizable 8th Edition Clinical Ladder for you to use in your hospital setting"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the eighth edition
    Components of the standards of practice, eighth edition. Standard 1: Assessment
    Standard 2: Diagnosis
    Standard 3: Outcomes
    Standard 4: Planning
    Standard 5: Implementation
    Standard 6: Evaluation
    Components of the standards of professional performance, eighth edition. Standard 7: Ethics
    Standard 8: Culturally congruent practice
    Standard 9: Communication
    Standard 10: Collaboration
    Standard 11: Leadership
    Standard 12: Education
    Standard 13: Evidence-based practice and research
    Standard 14: Quality of practice
    Standard 15: Professional practice evaluation
    Standard 16: Resource utilization
    Standard 17: Environmental health
    Application of the standards into clinical practice
    Introduction to the clinical ladder template
    AWHONN sample clinical ladder template.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    Contents:
    v. 1. Suggested standards for homes for the aged and nursing homes
    v. 2. Methods of establishing and maintaining standards
    v. 3. Bridging the gap between existing practices and desirable goals in homes for the aged and nursing homes.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L966 .N28
    3
  • Print
    Joan Halifax.
    Contents:
    A view from the edge
    1. Altruism. At the high edge of altruism ; Falling over the edge of altruism: pathological altruism ; Altruism and the other edge states ; Practices that support altruism ; Discovery at the edge of altruism
    2. Empathy. At the high edge of empathy ; Falling over the edge of empathy: empathic distress ; Empathy and the other edge states ; Practices that support empathy ; Discovery at the edge of empathy
    3. Integrity. At the high edge of integrity ; Falling over the edge of integrity: moral suffering ; Integrity and the other edge states ; Practices that support integrity ; Discovery at the edge of integrity
    4. Respect. At the high edge of respect ; Falling over the edge of respect: disrespect ; Respect and the other edge states ; Practices that support respect ; Discovery at the edge of respect
    5. Engagement. At the high edge of engagement ; Falling over the edge of engagement: burnout ; Engagement and the other edge states ; Practices that support engagement ; Discovery at the edge of engagement
    6. Compassion at the edge. Survival of the kindest ; Three faces of compassion ; The six perfections ; Compassion's enemies ; Mapping compassion ; Compassion practice ; Compassion in the charnel ground.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BJ1531 .H188 2019
    2
  • Print
    William L. Dauterman, Richard M. Suinn.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    Q97 .D24 1966
    1
  • Print
    Berreyesa, Pat; Clark, Sarah; Ellington, Donnie; Jamison, Dede; Miller, Françoise; Roberts, Jan; Smith, Carolyn; Whitby, Jill; Winterburn, Alice.
    Summary: Appendix at end includes list of presidents, 1959-2015, thank you letter from Amir Dan Rubin, list of gifts to the Medical Center, 1959-2008 ($4.3M); services to Stanford Hospital, 1983-2014; scholarships, 1971-May 2014 ($1M); volunteer hours (over 3 million); and copy of the Auxiliary stationery, 1929.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RA972.7 .S73 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Summary: This collection includes materials from the Stanford University Medical Center Auxiliary from its beginning in 1959 as the Palo Alto Hospital Auxiliary to its dissolution in 2015. It is made up of seven series: Overview and History, Business Records, Financial and Legal Records, Activities, Newsletters, Photographs, and Scrapbooks.
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access <1983>-
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    LD 3002.9 .S7
    1
  • Print
    Fabio Bagnoli, Rino Rappuoli, Guido Grandi, editors ; responsible series editor: Rino Rappuoli.
    Contents:
    Clinical microbiology, transmission and carriage of Staphylococcus aureus
    Worldwide epidemiology and antibiotic resistance of Staphylococcus aureus
    Structure and function of surface polysaccharides of Staphylococcus aureus
    Cell wall-anchored surface proteins of Staphylococcus aureus: many proteins, multiple functions
    Staphylococcus aureus pore-forming toxins
    The role of two-component signal transduction systems in Staphylococcus aureus virulence regulation
    Staphylococcus aureus-associated skin and soft tissue infections: anatomical localization, epidemiology, therapy and potential prophylaxis
    Staphylococcus aureus-associated musculoskeletal infections
    Bacteremia, sepsis, and infective endocarditis associated with Staphylococcus aureus
    Amphixenosic aspects of Staphylococcus aureus infection in man and animals
    Treatment of Staphylococcus aureus infections
    The innate immune response against Staphylococcus aureus
    Adaptive immunity against Staphylococcus aureus
    Staphylococcal immune evasion proteins: structure, function, and host adaptation
    Vaccines for Staphylococcus aureus and target populations
    Lysin therapy for Staphylococcus aureus and other bacterial pathogens.
  • Digital
    editor, Stephanie J. Dancer.
    Contents:
    Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic resistance / Stephanie J. Dancer
    Understanding resistance mechanisms / Efthimia Petinaki & Iris Spiliopoulou
    Staphylococcus aureus epidemiology and screening : best practice / Iris Spiliopoulou & Efthimia Petinaki
    Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus : impact on care in the neonatal unit / Melissa U. Nelson, Matthew J. Bizzarro & Patrick G. Gallagher
    Environmental cleaning : the effect of cleaning on MRSA transmission risk / Stephanie J. Dancer
    Computational simulation modeling of Staphylococcus aureus outbreaks / Bruce Y. Lee & Leslie E. Mueller
    Role of rapid diagnostics in selecting optimal therapy for Staphylococcus aureus infections / Richard A. Proctor & Drew Smith
    Novel compounds for therapy : antibiotics and alternative therapies / Kimberly Hammer, Melissa A. Rohrich, Catherine Wieser & Tze Shien Lo
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Paul D. Fey.
    Contents:
    Clinical characteristics of infections in humans due to Staphylococcus epidermidis / Mark E. Rupp
    Staphylococcus epidermidis pathogenesis / Michael Otto
    Identification of Staphylococcus epidermidis in the clinical microbiology laboratory by molecular methods / Amity L. Roberts
    Pulsed field gel electrophoresis of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Richard V. Goering and Paul D. Fey
    Multilocus sequence typing of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Jonathan C. Thomas and D. Ashley Robinson
    Growth and preparation of Staphylococcus epidermidis for NMR metabolomic analysis / Greg A. Somerville and Robert Powers
    The isolation and analysis of phenol-soluble modulins of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Hwang-Soo Joo and Michael Otto
    Genetic manipulation of staphylococci / Jeffrey L. Bose
    Isolation of chromosomal and plasmid DNA from Staphylococcus epidermidis / Jill K. Lindgren
    Isolation of Staphylococus sp. RNA / Tess Eidem
    Use of electroporation and conjugative mobilization for genetic manipulation of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Katherine L. Maliszewski and Austin S. Nuxoll
    Methods to generate a sequence-defined transposon mutant library in Staphylococcus epidermidis strain 1457 / Todd J. Widhelm [and four others]
    Examination of Staphylococcus epidermidis biofilms using flow-cell technology / Derek E. Moormeier and Kenneth W. Bayles
    Rapid quantitative and qualitative analysis of biofilm production by Staphylococcus epidermidis under static growth conditions / Elaine M. Waters [and five others]
    Bacteriophage transduction in Staphylococcus epidermidis / Michael E. Olson and Alexander R. Horswill
    Mouse model of post-arthroplasty Staphylococcus epidermidis joint infection / Tyler D. Scherr [and five others]
    A mouse model of Staphylococcus catheter-associated biofilm infection / Cortney E. Heim, Mark L. Hanke, and Tammy Kielian
    Generation of a central nervous system catheter-associated infection in mice with Staphylococcus epidermidis / Jessica N. Snowden
    Rat jugular catheter model of biofilm-mediated infection / Carolyn R. Schaeffer, Keith M. Woods, and G. Matthew Longo.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors Michelle Gray, Ellen Kitson-Reynolds and Allison Cummins.
    Summary: This volume explores the unique challenges midwifery graduates face as they move into practice. It identifies the similarities and differences in midwifery education, regulation, and clinical practice faced by graduate midwives in all continents, examining the various support systems available for graduate midwives in many countries, and identifying the common strategies (formal and informal) and approaches that have proved to be effective in supporting midwifery graduates. The book volume brings together the experiences of new midwives starting out in registered practice, to share the challenges and triumphs during their transition to confident practitioners. It identifies, explains and details both established and innovative new mechanisms in place to support new midwives in each country, and examines the effects the experiences of transitioning to practice may have on future professional practice, resilience and sustainability. Lack of support during the new-graduate transition to practice has been associated with early attrition from the midwifery profession. Stress, disillusion, and horizontal violence have been identified as factors that influence midwifery attrition rates. Exploration of the various support mechanisms currently available in different countries may stimulate the sharing of best practices in providing new midwives with transition to practice programmes and generate further research. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    IntroductionChapter 1. AustraliaMichelle Gray, Allison CumminsContext of Midwifery Practice in Australia Preparation for Clinical Practice/Midwifery Education; BMid, Post graduate programs, dual degreeRegistration and Regulation of New MidwivesTraditional new graduate program Mentorship and support: benefits, challenges, innovations, exemplars Current Research: highlight recent or ongoing research regarding the transition to clinical practice that is unique to AustraliaRecommendations for the implementation of innovations to support new graduates into COC modelsThe lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 2 . BelgiumGenevieve Castiaux The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)Reflective experiences by new midwives in their first year of practise Chapter 3. BrazilDulce Maria Rosa and Edemilson The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any),what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)A reflective experience written by a new midwife in their first year of practise.The lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 4. CanadaChristine Sandor, Beth Murray-Davis bmurray@mcmaster.caContext of midwifery practice and education in Ontario, Canada • Overview of scope of practice, models of practice , funding and remuneration• Midwifery education in Canada Registration and Regulation of New MidwivesMentorship, Supervision and Support for New MidwivesNew Midwives process of learning, transitioning and identifying Chapter 5. EthiopiaAnnette Bennett The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your countryA brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)Reflective experience by new midwives in their first year of practice Chapter 6. GermanyMarina Weckend Chapter 7. Hong Kong Hau wai Lei The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife) Reflective experience by new midwives in their first year of practise Chapter 8 . Iran/TeheranAnahita Esbati The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)Reflective experience by new midwives in their first year of practise Chapter 9. JamaicaCynthia Pearl Pitter The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)The lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 10. New Zealand Jacqui Anderson, Lesley Dixon Context of midwifery practice in New Zealand (employed/self-employed, place of work, autonomous practice) Undergraduate Preparation for practice (preparing for NZ context, standards of education theoretical and practice requirements)Registration and regulation (HPCAA)• Frameworks for Midwifery Practice (Professional standards, expectations, ethics, code of conduct)• The Midwifery First Year of Practice Programme ( supporting successful transition)Mentoring and support (importance of relationships and networks)Experiences of new graduate Midwives in New Zealand (feedback from new graduates in New Zealand) Chapter 11. The Netherlands Liesbeth Kool and Esther Feijen-de JongContext of midwifery practice in The Netherlands (history of midwifery, place of birth, the birth of the clinical midwife, organisation of midwifery practice) Preparation for clinical practice/midwifery education (midwifery education, competences of a midwife in the educational system, midwifery education at the AVAG)Registration and regulation of new midwives Mentorship and support: benefits, challenges, innovations, exemplarsCurrent research: highlight recent or ongoing research regarding the transition to clinical practice that is unique to that countryThe lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 12. United KingdomEllen Kitson Reynolds and Liz CluettThe context of Midwifery Practice: National policy/England, Ireland, Scotland, Wales policy on supporting new graduate midwives onto practice Preparation for Clinical Practice/Midwifery Education: Changes to the university funding and the consequences to midwifery educationNew graduate Midwives' experiences of the current graduate programmes? Changes to include the introduction of associate professionals and the potential impact on the newly qualified midwifeThe changing landscape in view of the Morecambe bay review, changes to legislation, and Francis reportsPreceptorship and developing competence/extended rolesDeveloping a career planThe lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alan Davies, Alwyn Scott.
    Summary: This book follows Starting to Read ECGs: The Basics by the same authorship and provides the beginner in electrocardiogram (ECG) interpretation with a concise, practical and systematic guide to interpreting ECGs. The authors have included an introduction to the pediatric ECG and genetic cardiac conditions in attempt to deepen readers awareness of some of the broader clinical issues. Starting to Read ECGs: A Comprehensive Guide to Theory and Practice expands on some of the topics introduced in the first book, but offers a deeper perspective with more detailed background information and a variety of practical interpretation methods. It can be read as a standalone book for those who already possess some basic ECG knowledge or for those who have read the first book in the series and wish to consolidate and expand on what they have already read. The book uses numerous diagrams, tables and practical examples to reinforce learning and summarize information succinctly, and will be an essential resource for medical students, junior doctors, and other health care professionals involved in the recording and interpretation of ECGs who wish to build their knowledge and confidence.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Anatomy and physiology
    Advanced anatomy and physiology
    Cellular physiology (action potential of pacemaker/non-pacemaker cells)
    Wiggers diagram
    Revision of waveform
    Chapter 2 Revision of recording ECG and basic interpretation skills
    Advanced lead placement (posterior ECGs / right sided ECGs)
    Explanation of leads / electrical flow
    Review of normal values and paper timings
    Different methods of rate calculation
    Chapter 3 Calculating cardiac axis
    What it is
    Why it's useful
    The quick look method
    The Hexaxial method
    Making it more accurate
    The vector method
    Worked examples
    Chapter 4 Brady-arrhythmias
    Background
    Genetic factors
    treatment options
    Chapter 5 Tachy-arrhythmias
    Background
    Genetic factors
    treatment options
    Chapter 6 conditions
    Conduction blocks
    PE, electrolye
    Brugada (type I
    III)
    Cardiomyopathy
    Hypertrophy
    Chapter 7 Implantable devices and the ECG
    PPM
    AICDs
    Various implanted monitors (i.e. Reveal)
    Considerations
    ECG appearance
    Chapter 8 Drugs and the ECG
    Tricyclics
    Long QT causing drugs
    Arrythmogenic drugs
    Cardiac specific drugs
    Chapter 9 Paediatric ECGs
    Normal paediatric ECG
    Childhood cardiac abnormalities appearance on the ECG (i.e. congenital issues like holes in hearts, accessory pathways etc)
    Chapter 10 ACS and re-profusion arrhythmia's
    Bloods (enzymes)
    physiology and pathology of arteriosclerosis
    Treatment options
    MI's
    Posterior MIs
    Vasospasm
    Ideoventricular rhythms
    Treatment options (PPCI, CABG, thrombolytic therapy). .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Alan Davies, Alwyn Scott.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: How to record a 12-lead ECG
    Physiology
    What is an ECG
    Patient positioning
    Electrode placement
    Attaching the cables
    The machine
    What to write on the ECG
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 2: ECG basics
    How does the 12-lead ECG work?
    ECG paper
    Details found on a standard 12-lead ECG
    12-lead ECG leads
    The PQRST waveform
    Deflection
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 3: Quality issues pertaining to ECG recording
    Background
    Leads
    Calibration markers
    ECG Documentation
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 4: Principles of ECG analysis
    Background
    Basic quality control checks
    The rate
    The rhythm
    The P wave
    The PR interval
    The QRS complex
    The ST segment
    The T wave
    The QT interval
    Electrical axis
    Additional features
    The normal ECG and normal variants
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 5: Chamber abnormalities
    Physiology
    Atrial abnormality
    Ventricular abnormality
    Normal variants
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 6: Arrhythmias
    Background
    Ectopic beats
    Atrial arrhythmias
    Junctional arrhythmias
    Ventricular Arrhythmias
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 7: Conduction delay
    Background
    Bundle Branch Blocks
    Atrioventricular Blocks (AV Blocks)
    Sinoatrial blocks (SA blocks)
    Sick Sinus Syndrome (SSS)
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 8: Miscellaneous cardiac conditions
    Background
    Paced rhythms
    Types of permanent pacemaker (PPM)
    ECG identification of Pacemakers
    Pericarditis
    Long QT syndromes
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 9: Non cardiac conditions identifiable on the ECG
    Background
    Electrolyte imbalances
    Hypothermia
    Digoxin use
    Pulmonary Embolism (PE)
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 10: Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Background
    Atherosclerosis
    Modifiable and non-modifiable risk factors for CHD
    Angina
    Acute Coronary Syndromes (ACS)
    Evolution of STEMI
    Left Bundle Branch Block (LBBB) and chest pain
    Summary of key points
    Quiz.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alister C. Ward, editor.
    Summary: This volume, which includes contributions from leading scientists and clinicians in the field, provides definitive, state-of-the-art information on STAT inhibitors in a biological and clinical context. It gives an overview of the biology of the STAT family of transcription factors and their role in cancer etiology. Additionally, it describes the raft of therapeutic approaches being used to inhibit STATs in the context of various cancers, covering the full spectrum of therapeutic approaches to inhibiting STATs, and presenting emerging data from clinical trials.

    Contents:
    STATs in Health and Disease
    STAT Proteins in Cancer
    Translating STAT Inhibitors from the Lab to the Clinic
    Historical Development of STAT3 Inhibitors and Early Results in Clinical Trials
    STAT3 Inhibitors in Cancer: A Comprehensive Update
    Targeting Upstream Janus Kinases
    Inhibitors of Upstream Inducers of STAT Activation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center for Disease Control, Bureau of Health Education
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    KF3812 .U58
    4
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organization.
    Digital Access WHO 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA564.5 .S738 2016
    1
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organization ; International Center for Equity in Health, Pelotas.
    Summary: "Achieving equity in health requires a commitment to monitoring health inequalities which, in turn, necessitates strong, equity-oriented health information systems. High-quality data and robust monitoring systems ensure that efforts can be targeted appropriately and that progress can be tracked. Countries must strengthen health information systems to generate better data and evidence to measure progress. Integral to the health inequality monitoring process is the task of reporting data in a meaningful way. This State of inequality report exemplifies effective reporting practices, featuring the topic of reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health. The report addresses the challenge of how to best communicate a large and complex body of data in a manner that is comprehensible, flexible and appealing to a wide readership. Foreword viii Feature stories provide an in-depth look at the state of inequality for selected indicators and highlight key observations in reproductive health interventions, maternal health interventions, care-seeking for sick children, childhood immunization, child malnutrition and child mortality. Perhaps most notable, however, is the innovative use of electronic visualization technology. Story-point dashboards, for instance, guide the reader through a succession of visuals where readers can use interactive tools to further explore, sort and filter the data. Similarly, interactive maps and tables engage readers in customizing how data are viewed. The report reveals that significant inequalities exist in low- and middle-income countries in the area of reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health. The good health of women, infants and children is essential for sustainable development, and there is still much work to be done. Discussions will increasingly call into question how efforts to improve reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health can achieve early and accelerated progress among those who are falling behind."--Pages viii-ix

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Acknowledgements
    Executive summary
    1. Introduction
    2. Background
    2.1. Inequality
    2.2. Health inequality
    2.3. Reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health
    3. Monitoring the state of inequality in RMNCH
    3.1. Data
    3.1.1. Data sources
    3.1.2. Health indicator data
    3.1.3. Dimension of inequality data
    3.1.4. Country selection
    3.2. Analysis
    3.2.1. Data disaggregation
    3.2.2. Summary measures
    3.3. Reporting
    3.3.1. Data visualization
    3.3.2. Feature stories
    4. The state of inequality in RMNCH: stories from low- and middle-income countries
    4.1. Reproductive health interventions
    4.2. Maternal health interventions
    4.3. Care-seeking for sick children
    4.4. Childhood immunization
    4.5. Child malnutrition
    4.6. Child mortality
    4.7. RMNCH interventions, combined
    4.8. Potential for improvement in RMNCH interventions
    5. Reporting the state of inequality: taking stock
    5.1. The importance of data disaggregation
    5.2. Equity orientation of policies, programmes and practices
    5.3. Equity-oriented health information systems
    5.4. Reducing inequality across health topics and the post-2015 sustainable development agenda
    References
    Appendices
    Appendix 1. Data and analysis methods
    Appendix 2. Assessing health inequality: methodological considerations
    Appendix 3. Visualizing disaggregated data using maps
    Appendix 4. Guide to interpreting the visuals used in this report
    Appendix 5. Interactive visualization of health data
    Appendix 6. Additional interactive visuals: references for further data exploration
    Appendix 7. Patterns of inequality
    Supplementary tables
    Index.
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA564.5 .S738 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Man Koon Suh, editor.
    Summary: In this book, Korean rhinoplasty masters present their current techniques for the correction of common nasal deformities and explain how to achieve an ideal balance between esthetic and functional outcomes. Among the procedures covered are the harvesting of autogenous tissue, nasal dorsal augmentation, diverse nasal tip techniques, alar rim and alar base surgery, mid-vault surgery, deviated nose correction, and secondary rhinoplasty techniques. Aspects of nasal anatomy of importance for Asian rhinoplasty are also carefully explained. A wealth of illustrative material documents the key steps in each procedure. The book is a collaborative enterprise between highly respected plastic surgeons and otolaryngologists with expertise in rhinoplasty. It will be an invaluable practical resource for all who perform rhinoplasty in Asian patients, whether in Asian countries or in countries with large Asian populations. The book contains various latest techniques that be usefully applied to Caucasian rhinoplasty as well.

    Contents:
    (1) Clinically oriented anatomy of the nose
    (2) Harvest of autogenous tissues for rhinoplasty
    (3) Nasal dorsal augmentation using implant and autogenous tissues
    (4) Nasal tip techniques: augmentation, lengthening
    (5) Nasal tip techniques: reduction, shortening
    (6) Alar rim & alar base surgery
    (6) Mid-vault surgery
    (7) Deviated nose correction and functional surgery
    (8) Secondary rhinoplasty (midvault, implant-related complications)
    (9) Secondary rhinonplasty (tip, contracture).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Konstantin Yastrebov, editor.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of modern techniques used in the rapidly developing field of adult critical care echocardiography, 3D transthoracic and transesophageal echocardiography, myocardial tissue velocity and deformation assessment, and contrast echocardiography. Featuring multiple color illustrations and echocardiographic images, it provides essential information on the technical aspects and current specifics of the equipment, anatomical imaging guidance, and physiological and pathological approaches with a focus on critically ill population. This book helps practitioners to not only understand the techniques and the applicability of these new technologies in various disease states, but also to apply them in a clinical setting. 3D echo, tissue deformation and contrast are opening tremendous new horizons for intensive care practitioners, offering them previously unimaginable insights into cardiac mechanics and anatomy and using non-invasive approaches for central hemodynamic diagnostic and monitoring management of intensive care patients. It also opens the way for completely new areas in clinical research. This book is useful for intensive care physicians, cardiologists, anesthesiologists, emergency physicians and sonographers involved in the provision of advanced echocardiographic services in intensive care units and in critical care environments. It is also suitable for students undertaking a Diploma of Diagnostic Ultrasound (Critical Care) with the Australasian Society of Ultrasound Medicine, adding to the existing literature used to prepare for the second and third parts examinations. .

    Contents:
    Three-dimensional echocardiography
    Tissue velocity and deformation imaging
    Contrast echocardiography.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    by George Chandler Whipple.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I84.D1 W5
    2
  • Digital
    Paul D. Thompson, Beth A. Taylor, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Klaus Jung.
    Contents:
    Introduction to proteomics technologies / Christof Lenz and Hassan Dihazi
    Topics in study design and analysis for multistage clinical proteomics studies / Irene Sui Lan Zeng
    Preprocessing and analysis of LC-MS-based proteomic data / Tsung-Heng Tsai, Minkun Wang, and Habtom W. Ressom
    Normalization of reverse phase protein microarray data : choosing the best normalization analyte / Antonella Chiechi
    Outlier detection for mass spectrometric data / HyungJun Cho and Soo-Heang Eo
    Visualization and differential analysis of protein expression data using R / Tomé S. Silva and Nadège Richard
    False discovery rate estimation in proteomics / Suruchi Aggarwal and Amit Kumar Yadav
    Nonparametric bayesian model for nested clustering / Juhee Lee ... [etal.]
    Set-based test procedures for the functional analysis of protein lists from differential analysis / Jochen Kruppa and Klaus Jung
    Classification of samples with order-restricted discriminant rules / David Conde ... [et al.]
    Application of discriminant analysis and cross-validation on proteomics data / Julia Kuligowski, David Pérez-Guaita, and Guillermo Quintás
    Protein sequence analysis by proximities / Frank-Michael Schleif
    Statistical method for integrative platform analysis : application to integration of proteomic and microarray data / Xin Gao
    Data fusion in metabolomics and proteomics for biomarker discovery / Lionel Blanchet and Agnieszka Smolinska
    Reconstruction of protein networks using reverse-phase protein array data / Silvia von der Heyde ... [et al.]
    Detection of unknown amino acid Substitutions using error-tolerant database search / Sven H. Giese, Franziska Zickmann, and Bernhard Y. Renard
    Data analysis strategies for protein modification identification / Yan Fu
    Dissecting the iTRAQ data analysis / Suruchi Aggarwal and Amit Kumar Yadav
    Statistical aspects in proteomic biomarker discovery / Klaus Jung.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Joseph W. Goodman.
    Summary: This book discusses statistical methods that are useful for treating problems in modern optics, and the application of these methods to solving a variety of such problems This book covers a variety of statistical problems in optics, including both theory and applications. The text covers the necessary background in statistics, statistical properties of light waves of various types, the theory of partial coherence and its applications, imaging with partially coherent light, atmospheric degradations of images, and noise limitations in the detection of light. New topics have been introduced i.

    Contents:
    Random variables
    Random processes
    Some first-order statistical properties of light
    Temporal and spatial coherence of optical waves
    Some problems involving higher-order coherence
    Effects of partial coherence in imaging systems
    Imaging through randomly inhomogeneous media
    Fundamental limits in photoelectric detection of light.
  • Print
    James B. Schreiber, Melanie T. Turk.
    Summary: "Drs. Schreiber and Turk's book, Statistics and Data Analysis Literacy for Nurses, fills a void and meets this need. Students and educators alike will benefit from its straightforward, pragmatic style in explaining applied statistical analysis. Chapters are replete with various quantitative methods including novel chapters on Visual Representation and Humility, and examples to assist the reader in understanding what is generally complex content. Drawing on the deep expertise of its authors, the book should become a go-to reference for anyone looking to gain knowledge in applied statistics. The end of chapter review questions is an additional resource for readers to evaluate their mastery of the topic"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Statistical understanding
    Background of design, measurement, and analysis
    Descriptive analyses
    Visual representations
    Traditional study design
    Variability between and within groups
    Variability between and within groups expanded
    Correlation and regression
    Logistic regression
    Introduction to Bayesian analysis
    Quality improvement
    Humility.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
  • Digital
    Marco Ceresoli, Fikri M. Abu-Zidan, Kristan L. Staudenmayer, Fausto Catena, Federico Coccolini, editors.
    Summary: The main aim of this book is to offer an easy tool to read a scientific article with greater awareness, to understand and evaluate it more thoroughly, and to better plan research. Today, in the era of evidence-based medicine, both research and daily patient-focused clinical practice are no longer possible without a thorough knowledge of the literature and its continuous updates. Written by surgeons for surgeons, this practical book makes the basic concept of statistics and research methodology easy to understand and apply for young surgeons and researchers, students and residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Julie Dawn Thompson.
    Summary: Statistics for Bioinformatics: Methods for Multiple Sequence Alignment provides an in-depth introduction to the most widely used methods and software in the bioinformatics field. With the ever increasing flood of sequence information from genome sequencing projects, multiple sequence alignment has become one of the cornerstones of bioinformatics. Multiple sequence alignments are crucial for genome annotation, as well as the subsequent structural, functional, and evolutionary studies of genes and gene products. Consequently, there has been renewed interest in the development of novel multiple sequence alignment algorithms and more efficient programs.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access SpringerLink 2005-
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Statistics for biology and health to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    MyoungJin Kim, Caroline Mallory, Teresa D. Valerio.
    Summary: "Statistics for Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing is an accessible and comprehensive learning tool for nurses returning to graduate school or engaged in evidence-based practice. Peer-reviewed and course tested, the current edition continues to present statistics in a readable, user-friendly format to meet the learning needs of students. Through numerous updates on screenshots, data sets, instructor as well as student materials, additional figures, and hyperlinks in the electronic books, the current edition includes key terms, critical thinking questions, and case studies incorporating research and evidence-based practice to help nurses connect statistics with everyday work in the healthcare field"--Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Evidence-based practice in nursing, or why do i need to take statistics?
    Statistical essentials I
    Statistical essentials II: measurement
    Working with Microsoft Excel and IBM SPSS statistics software (SPSS)
    Organizing and displaying data
    Descriptive statistics
    Hypothesis testing
    Getting ready for the analysis
    Examining relationships between and among variables
    Modeling relationships
    Tests for comparing group means: part I
    Tests for comparing group means: part II
    Nonparametric tests
    Categorical data analysis: nonparametric tests of association
    Avoiding common statistical mistakes
    Appendices. Random number table
    How to select the correct statistical test
    Critical values.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Print
    Elizabeth Heavey.
    Summary: "Today's nurse faces even more questions about understanding and interpreting data. Although statistics has not changed in its essence, nurses are leveraging new technologies to interpret data in the clinical space. Understanding how to use that information and make successful clinical decisions are the essence of the role of the nurse. The 4th edition will provide new research and highlight an unfolding case study that is used throughout the text to connect concepts to situations, equipping students and instructors with the right tools to leverage the data in a safe and accurate way"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to statistics and levels of measurement
    Presenting data
    Descriptive statistics, probability, and measures of central tendency
    Measuring data
    Sampling methods
    Generating the research idea
    Sample size, effect size, and power
    Chi-square
    Student t-test
    Analysis of variance (ANOVA)
    Correlation coefficients
    Regression analysis
    Relative risk vs. absolute risk and other public health measures you commonly see.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Print
    Neil J. Salkind, Bruce B. Frey, University of Kansas.
    Summary: Now in its Seventh Edition, Neil J. Salkind's bestselling Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics with new co-author Bruce B. Frey teaches an often intimidating subject with a humorous, personable, and informative approach that reduces statistics anxiety. With instruction in SPSS®, the authors guide students through basic and advanced statistical procedures, from correlation and graph creation to analysis of variance, regression, non-parametric tests, and more. The Seventh Edition includes new real-world examples, additional coverage on multiple regression and power and effect size, and a robust interactive eBook with video tutorials and animations of key concepts. In the end, students who (think they) hate statistics will understand how to explain the results of many statistical analyses and won't be intimidated by basic statistical tasks.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Robert W. Broyles, Colin M. Lay.
    Contents:
    v
    .1. Basic concepts and applications ; v.2 Advanced concepts and applications.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA409 .B85
    2
  • Digital
    Nicole Wellbrock, Andreas Bolte, editors.
    Summary: This book is an open access publication. Forest ecosystems in Central Europe are changing as a result of anthropogenic influences and changing climate conditions. As such, a large-scale monitoring programme was undertaken in order to understand the influence of site modification, deposition of air pollutants, and climate. This book presents the scientific findings of this study for Germany, including the major challenges with regard to the future preservation and management of forest ecosystems under environmental change. In addition, it addresses a number of central questions: what are the main factors affecting forest stands and soil integrity? How, and how rapidly, are forest ecosystems changing? How diverse are the changes across Germany? What will be the main risks in sustainable forest management in the future? And how can policy support the development and maintenance of adaptive and resilient forests that provide essential ecosystem services, today and in the future? Helping readers understand the importance of soils and related ecosystem processes for future sustainable forestry, and sharing essential findings on environmental change and related changes in forest status and dynamics, the book is a valuable resource for researchers and policymakers interested in science-based decisions.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Concept and Methodology of the National Forest Soil Inventory.- Chapter 2. Environmental Settings and TheirChanges in the Last Decades.- Chapter 3. Soil Water Budget and Drought Stress.- Chapter 4. Soil Acidification in German Forest Soils.- Chapter 5. Nitrogen status and dynamics in German forest soils.- Chapter 6. Carbon Stocks and Carbon Stock Changes in German Forest Soils.- Chapter 7. Heavy Metal Stocks and Concentrations in Forest Soils.- Chapter 8. Occurrence and Spatial Distribution of Selected Organic Substances in Germany's Forest Soils.- Chapter 9. Nutritional Status of Major Forest Tree Species in Germany.- Chapter 10. Plants as Indicators of Soil Chemical Properties.- Chapter 11. Spatial Response Patterns in Biotic Reactions of Forest Trees and Their Associations with Environmental Variables in Germany.- Chapter 12. Sustainable Use and Development of Forests and Forest Soils
    A Resume.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dietger Mathias.
    Contents:
    Pivotal long-term
    The human body
    A giant chemical factory
    Our food
    An energy transfer medium
    Energy production
    Energy production when food is scarce
    Energy expenditure I
    Basal metabolic rate
    Energy expenditure II
    Heat production
    Energy expenditure III
    Active metabolic rate
    Physical activity level
    Control of energy metabolism in the brain
    Control of energy metabolism by endogenous hormones
    Control of energy metabolism
    The reward system.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Stephen Z. Fadem, editor.
    Summary: Patients with kidney disease often find it difficult to understand and undertake the lifestyle changes that will help them stay as healthy as possible. This book offers patients information and guidance on how to stay healthy with kidney disease in a clear, comprehensive, and encouraging way. The first section explains the basics of the disease and how it interacts with other common health issues, such as diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and aging. The second section breaks down the changes a patient can make to their exercise, treatment, and diet to maximize their kidney function, including helpful tips and healthy recipes. Written by top nephrologists with experience writing for non-specialists, this easy-to-read guide will help kidney disease patients and caregivers manage the illness and keep patients healthy.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to Kidney Disease
    2. Aging – Challenges and Interventions
    3. The Kidney and Cardiovascular Disease
    4. Diabetes and Kidney Disease
    5. Hypertension and Kidney Disease
    6. Inflammation in Kidney Disease – Glomerulonephritis
    7. Diet to Preserve Kidney Function
    8. Healthy Diet for Kidney Function
    9. Muscle Breakdown in Kidney Disease - Mechanisms and Management Strategies
    10. Exercises for People with Chronic Kidney Disease and Seniors
    11. Falls in CKD Patients and Seniors - Causes and Prevention
    12. Medication to Avoid with Chronic Kidney Disease
    13. Available Treatments if My Kidneys Do Fail
    14. Appendix - The Cell and the Kidney.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    David L. Skaggs, John M. (Jack) Flynn, Mininder S. Kocher, Kenneth J. Noonan, Michael G. Vitale ; consulting gurus, Lindsay Andras ... [and 37 others]
    Summary: "Filled with pearls and wisdom from experts in the field, Staying Out of Trouble in Pediatric Orthopaedics, 2nd Edition, is a concise, easy-to-read guide to managing difficult orthopaedic problems in children. This high-yield, highly illustrated reference provides practical advice on how to deal with commonly seen issues as well as those that are less common but that pose grave threats to the patient. Focusing on preventing problems and avoiding serious complications and prepared by editors, authors, and gurus with more than 1000 years of combined experience in pediatric orthopaedics, this title is an invaluable resource for pediatric orthopaedic surgery fellows and all orthopaedists who care for children"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Print
    presented by G.E. Stechert & co., Alfred Hafner.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    L183 .S81 1939
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Stedman, Thomas Lathrop.
    Digital Access STAT!Ref 2016
    Unlimited users
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    R121 .S8
    6
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R121 .S8
    13
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    H121 .S81
    3
  • Print
    senior editor, Scott R. Steele ; section editors, Justin A. Maykel, Amy L. Lightner, Joshua I.S. Bleier.
    Summary: "Offering comprehensive coverage of all diseases and conditions affecting the colon, rectum, and anus, Steele's Colon and Rectal Surgery provides authoritative guidance on the full range of today's operative procedures. Edited by Dr. Scott R. Steele, Chairman of the Department of Colorectal Surgery at the Cleveland Clinic, and section editors Drs. Justin A. Maykel, Amy L. Lightner, and Joshua I.S. Bleier, this new reference contains 81 concise, tightly focused chapters that take you step by step through each procedure, guided by the knowledge and expertise of key leaders in the field from across the world. Includes comprehensive coverage of the latest laparoscopic, robotic, and open diagnostic and surgical management techniques in all areas of colon and rectal surgery. Each chapter includes insightful section editor commentary throughout and concludes with a senior editor commentary written by Dr. Steele. Features a full-color design with hundreds of unique, detailed illustrations and photographs depicting the steps in today's operative procedures"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    editors, Sumit (Sam) Garg, Douglas D. Koch ; associate editors, Adi Abulafia, David F. Chang, Marjan Farid, Nicole R. Fram, Soosan Jacob, Thomas Kohnen, Michael E. Snyder, Mitchell P. Weikert.
    Summary: Offering authoritative coverage, Steinert's Cataract Surgery, 4th Edition, takes you step by step from preoperative evaluation and preparation through the full range of surgical techniques and the mitigation and management of complications. New editors, Drs. Sumit (Sam) Garg and Douglas D. Koch, along with a who’s who list of top international experts, provide practical technical guidance on all aspects of cataract surgery in a newly streamlined, easy-to-read format. From IOL calculations to glaucoma and astigmatism considerations, perioperative drug delivery to methods of iris repair, this up-to-date 4th Edition delivers essential clinical information, core foundational knowledge, and advanced techniques from cover to cover.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Janette K. Burgess, Irene H. Heijink, editors.
    Summary: This book presents state-of-the-art pre-clinical models and clinical applications of stem-cell-based therapies applied to different lung diseases, with a special focus on the translation of bench data into clinical studies. Starting with the assumption that abnormal lung tissue repair and regeneration has emerged as the driving force underlying pathogenesis and progression in many lung diseases, it sheds new light on the potential of stem/stromal cells as drivers of repair and sources of reparative factors in the lung. The first part of the book offers an overview of stem cell types and mechanisms involved in lung development, homeostasis, repair and regeneration, and reveals the crucial role of the extracellular matrix within the lung microenvironment. In the second part, leading experts present the latest pre-clinical evidence and clinical applications of stem-cell-based therapies in a wide variety of lung diseases, ranging from COPD and lung fibrosis to other rare lung diseases. The last section discusses stem cell delivery systems and devices, such as aerosolised spray application. This book appeals to pneumologists, stem cell and matrix biologists, as well as bioengeneers with a special interest in regenerative medicine applied to pulmonary diseases.

    Contents:
    1 Chronic lung pathologies that require repair and regeneration
    I Stem/stromal cells populations in the lung
    2 Characterization of stromal/stem cells in the lung and translation of knowledge of stem/stromal cell population to human lung
    3 Comparison of the regenerative potential for lung tissue of mesenchymal stromal cells from different sources/locations within the body
    4 The potential of factors released from mesenchymal stromal cells as therapeutic agents in the lung
    II Preclinical evidence and clinical applications in Chronic Lung Diseases
    5 Preclinical evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells in COPD
    6 Clinical application of stem/stromal cells in COPD
    7 Evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells in lung fibrosis
    8 Preclinical evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells and their therapeutic potential in treating BPD and PAH
    9 Crispr-Cas9 editing in induced pluripotent stem cells: a way forward for treating Cystic Fibrosis?
    10 Clinical application of stem/stromal cells in cystic fibrosis
    11 Preclinical evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells in targeting ARDS
    12 The safety and efficiency of addressing ARDS using stem cell therapies in clinical trials
    III Stem cell delivery systems and devices
    13 Spraying as route of delivery for stem cells to the lungs
    IV Conclusion
    14 Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Fabin Han, Pengzhe (Paul) Lu, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the state-of-the-art in stem-cell-based therapies for neurodegenerative diseases, and highlights advances in both animal models and clinical trials. It comprehensively discusses most neurodegenerative diseases, including such as Parkinson's, Alzheimer's and Huntington's diseases, amyotrophic sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy and retinal degeneration, in which stem cells could potentially be used for therapy in the future. It also addresses the challenges and problems relating to the translation of stem-cell-based therapies into treatments. As such, the book will appeal to research scientists, physicians, graduate students, and medical professionals in the field of stem cells, neuroscience, neurology, neurorestoratology and major neurological disorders.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: General Introduction
    Chapter 2: Clinical-grade stem cells for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
    Chapter 3: Stem cell treatment for Parkinson's disease
    Chapter 4: Stem cell treatment for Alzheimer's disease
    Chapter 5: Stem cell treatment for Huntington's disease
    Chapter 6: Stem cell treatment for amyotrophic sclerosis disease
    Chapter 7: Stem cell treatment for multiple sclerosis
    Chapter 8: Stem cell treatment for muscular dystrophy
    Chapter 9: Stem cell treatment for spinal muscular atrophy
    Chapter 10: Stem cell treatment for Retinal Degeneration
    Chapter 11: Conclusion and future perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Moneeb Ehtesham, editor.
    Summary: "This volume presents the most current reviews on how cancer stem cells (CSCs) hypothesis dictates that the continued proliferation of a tumor is dependent on a sub-population of self-renewing and asymmetrically dividing neoplastic stem cells that supply a largely differentiated tumor. This volume provides a comprehensive overview of the characteristics of CSCs, their role in central nervous system (CNS) tumors, and the recent CSC-specific treatment modalities being used. The emerging focus on CSCs in brain tumors represents a paradigm shift in our understanding of the pathogenesis of these neoplasms. Importantly, the realization that a distinct sub-population of cells contributes disproportionately to the growth and sustenance of central nervous system tumors has important implications for the treatment of such tumors. To treat CNS tumors, there is now a growing need to treat CSCs to achieve adequate tumor control"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Regulation of subventricular zone-derived cells migration in the adult brain
    The SVZ and its relationship to stem cell based neuro-oncogenesis
    Isolation and characterization of stem cells from human central nervous system malignancies
    The role of stem cells in pediatric central nervous system malignancies
    Laboratory models for central nervous system tumor stem cell research
    Radiation therapy for glioma stem cells
    Chemoresistance and chemotherapy targeting stem-like cells in malignant glioma
    Immunobiology and immunotherapeutic targeting of glioma stem cells
    Emerging strategies for the treatment of tumor stem cells in central nervous system malignancies.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sheldon Krimsky.
    Summary: Employing a series of Socratic dialogues, this study of the use of stem cells in medicine and medical research examines the ethical and public policy issues that confront scientists, clinicians, and the public health community.

    Contents:
    Harnessing stem cells for regenerative medicine
    Hope
    Why is this cell different from other cells?
    The president's stem cells
    The Dickey-Wicker enigma
    The moral status of embryos
    Creating good from immoral acts
    Circumventing embryocide
    My personalized beta cells for diabetes
    Repairing brain cells in stroke victims
    Reversing macular degeneration
    My stem cells, my cancer
    Reprogramming cells
    My personalized disease cells
    To clone or not to clone : that is the question
    Patenting human embryonic stem cells is immoral and illegal (in Europe)
    My embryo is auctioned on the internet
    Here comes the egg man : oocytes & embryos.org
    Human-animal chimeras and hybrids
    Stem cell tourism
    Social media meets science hype
    Feminism and the commercialization of human eggs/embryos
    Was my birth embryo me?
    Embryos without ovaries
    How my cells became drugs
    A clinical trial for paralysis treatment.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Digital
    Raul Delgado-Morales, editor.
    Summary: This book looks at where stem cell technology is presently and how it is instrumental in advancing the field of disease modeling and cell transplantation. By focusing on major human disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, cancer, and heart disorders, the book summarizes the major findings in the field of human stem cells and dissect the current limitations on our understanding of stem cells biology. The chapters focus on the genetics, genomics, epigenetics and physiology of stem cells models, together with technological advances on molecular biology such as CRISPR/Cas9 or epigenetic editing, that will be instrumental in the future of human disease modeling and treatment. In base of the limitations of current disease models and in front of the unmet necessity of finding therapeutical interventions for human disorders, the availability of stem cell technology has opened new doors for several fields. The unlimited self-renewal capacity and more extensive differentiation potential of stem cells offers a theoretically inexhaustible and replenishable source of any cell subtype. Since Professor Shinya Yamanaka described it, 10 years ago in his seminal paper, that somatic cells could be reprogrammed to inducible stem cells (iPSC) just by expressing four transcription factors, the field of has exploded, especially its applications in biomedical research.

    Contents:
    Part I: Stem cells for brain disorders
    Chapter 1: Human induced pluripotent stem cell-derived neurons to model and gain insights into Alzheimer's disease pathogenesis
    Chapter 2: Modeling schizophrenia with human stem cells
    Chapter 3: Rett Syndrome and Stem Cell research
    Chapter 4: Stem Cell Applications in Spinal Cord Injury: A Primer
    Chapter 5: Cell-Based Therapy for Retinal Degenerative Disease
    Chapter 6: Past, present and future of cell based-therapy in progressive multiple sclerosis
    Part II: Stem cells for cardiovascular diseases
    Chapter 7: Cardiac Stem Cells: a plethora of potential therapies for myocardial regeneration within reach
    Chapter 8: Human Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell-derived Cardiomyocytes in the Evaluation of Cardiotoxic Potential of Drugs
    Part III: Stem cells for general medicine
    Chapter 9: Regenerative medicine for diabetes treatment: new cell sources
    Chapter 10: Dental pulp stem cells promote wound healing and muscle regeneration
    Chapter 11: From bench to bedside of mesenchymal Stem Cells use for Rheumatoid Arthritis treatment
    Chapter 12: Stem Cells and Cancer
    Chapter 13: The relevance of induced pluripotent stem cells for the study of physiological and premature aging
    Part IV: Technical challenges and future
    Chapter 14: Pluripotent stem cell banks
    Chapter 15: Genetic and Epigenetic engineering: the CRISPR/Cas9 era.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Stem cell microenvironments and beyond
    2. The bone marrow microenvironment for hematopoietic stem cells
    3. Leukemia stem cells microenvironment
    4. Developmental HSC microenvironment: the ependyma as a stem cell niche
    6. Being a neural stem cell: a matter or character but defined by the microenvironment
    7. Glioblastoma stem cells and their microenvironment
    8. Plasticity of the muscle stem cell microenvironment
    9. The macula flava of the human vocal fold as a stem cell microenvironment
    10. Oesophageal stem cells and cancer
    11. Oral cancer stem cells microenvironment
    12. Fetal membranes-derived stem cells microenvironment
    13. Current technologies base on the knowledge of the stem cells microenvironments
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Ivan N. Rich.
    Contents:
    Short primer in stem cell biology / Ivan N. Rich
    Measurement of hematopoietic stem cell proliferation, self-renewal, and expansion potential / Ivan N. Rich
    Measuring the aging process in stem cells / Yi Liu, Gary Van Zant, and Ying Liang
    Measuring the potency of a stem cell therapeutic / Holli Harper and Ivan N. Rich
    Culturing protocols for human multipotent adult stem cells / Bart Vaes [and six others]
    Isolation of murine bone marrow scavenging sinusoidal endothelial cells / Peter A. G. McCourt [and three others]
    Analysis of circadian rhythms in embryonic stem cells / Jiffin K. Paulose, Edmund B. Rucker III, and Vincent M. Cassone
    Measuring stem cell circadian rhythm / William Hrushesky and Ivan N. Rich
    Cryopreservation of human pluripotent stem cells : a general protocol / Takamichi Miyazaki and Hirofumi Suemori
    Biological differences between native and cultured mesenchymal stem cells : implications for therapies / Elena Jones and Richard Schäfer
    The use of multiparameter flow cytometry and cell sorting to characterize native human bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells (MSC) / Sally Boxall and Elena Jones
    High yield recovery of equine mesenchymal stem cells from umbilical cord matrix/Wharton's jelly using a semi- automated process / Timo Z. Nazari-Shafti [and five others]
    Isolation and functional assessment of cutaneous stem cells / Yanne S. Doucet and David M. Owens
    Isolation of adult stem cell populations from the human cornea / Matthew J. Branch [and three others]
    Advanced imaging and tissue engineering of the human limbal epithelial stem cell niche / Isobel Massie [and ten others]
    Isolation and characterization of stem cells in the adult mammalian ovary / Seema Parte [and three others]
    Clonal culture of adult mouse lung epithelial stem/progenitor cells / Jonathan L. McQualter and Ivan Bertoncello
    Culture and characterization of mammary cancer stem cells in mammospheres / Eleonora Piscitelli [and eight others]
    Isolation and culture of primary glioblastoma cells from human tumor specimens / Sascha Seidel, Boyan K. Garvalov, and Till Acker.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Kursad Turksen.
    Contents:
    Laboratory Control and Basic Culture Protocols for Stem Cell Self-Renewal / Lim, Jeong Mook and others
    Advanced Fixation for Transmission Electron Microscopy Unveils Special Extracellular Matrix Within the Renal Stem/Progenitor Cell Niche / Minuth, Will W. and others
    Multiplex Immunoassays for Quantification of Cytokines, Growth Factors, and Other Proteins in Stem Cell Communication / Valekova, Ivona and others
    Porous Membrane Culture Method for Expansion of Human Pluripotent Stem Cells / Kim, Jin-Su and others
    Tuning Differentiation Signals for Efficient Propagation and In Vitro Validation of Rat Embryonic Stem Cell Cultures / Meek, Stephen and others
    Generation, Expansion, and Differentiation of Human Pluripotent Stem Cell (hPSC) Derived Neural Progenitor Cells (NPCs) / Brafman, David A.
    Isolation, Long-Term Expansion, and Differentiation of Murine Neural Stem Cells / Bizy, Alexandra and others
    Generation, Expansion, and Differentiation of Cardiovascular Progenitor Cells from Human Pluripotent Stem Cells / Cao, Nan and others
    A Practical Guide for the Isolation and Maintenance of Stem Cells from Tendon / Lui, Pauline Po Yee
    A Human Colonic Crypt Culture System to Study Regulation of Stem Cell-Driven Tissue Renewal and Physiological Function / Parris, Alyson and others
    Ca²⁺ Handling in Mouse Embryonic Stem Cell-Derived Cardiomycetes / Wei, Wenjie and others
    Potential Application of Extracellular Vesicles of Human Adipose Tissue-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Alzheimer's Disease Therapeutics / Katsuda, Takeshi and others
    Application of Fluid Mechanical Force to Embryonic Sources of Hemogenic Endothelium and Hematopoietic Stem Cells / Li, Nan and others
    Electrophysiological Recordings from Neuroepithelial Stem Cells / Yamashita, Masayuki
    In Vivo Stem Cell Transplantation Using Reduced Cell Numbers / Tsutsui, Takeo W.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jeffrey N. Weiss, author.
    Summary: This book examines the application of stem cell surgery for diabetes and heart failure. Organized into two sections, the first identifies and summarizes the current worldwide stem cell trials for heart failure. Subsequent chapters in part two analyze the current worldwide stem cell trials in patients with Diabetes Mellitus. Both sections utilize studies that include non-expanded stem cells; each study is grouped by stem cell type and geographic location. Stem Cell Surgery Trials in Diabetes and Heart Failure is a comprehensive, convenient reference for cardiologists, endocrinologists, internists, and family physicians.

    Contents:
    1. U.S. Studies
    2. Europe
    3. Iran
    4. China.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Tulio Pinho Navarro, Lara Lellis Navarro Minchillo Lopes, Alan Dardik, editors.
    Summary: Vascular diseases are the leading cause of death worldwide. Distinguished clinical and surgical approaches have attempted to overcome its morbidity and mortality; still 17.9 million people die every year due to vascular afflictions. Stem cell therapy has emerged as a promising therapeutic strategy. Stem cells synthesize and secrete cytokines that promote cell recruitment, immunomodulation, extracellular matrix remodeling, angiogenesis, and neuroregeneration, all of which promote regeneration. Besides that, stem cells are also capable of differentiating in various cell types, being employed in tissue engineering. Preclinical and clinical investigations have reported efficacy of stem cell therapy for various vascular diseases. Even though results are encouraging, the studies demonstrate variation in stem cell type and origin, route and protocol for administration, and concomitant use of other treatment strategies, impairing easy interpretation of results and clinical application. The purpose of this book is to compile and comprise the current state of the evidence regarding stem cell therapy for each vascular disease, elucidating possible clinical applications. More than an objective guide for readers on the use of this novel treatment strategy, this publication will advocate for stem cell therapy use and development and will be of significant interest to physicians in a wide range of disciplines as well as researchers.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to Stem Cell Therapy and its Application in Vascular Diseases
    2. Types And Origin of Stem Cells
    3. Stem Cell Delivery Techniques for Stroke and Peripheral Artery Disease
    4. The Ethical Challenges of Stem Cell Therapy in Vascular Disorders
    5. Bone Marrow-Derived Cells: from the Laboratory to the Clinic
    6. Angiogenesis: Perspectives From Therapeutic Angiogenesis
    7. Stem Cell Therapy for Diabetic Foot Ulcers
    8. Venous Foot and Leg Ulcers
    9. Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell-Derived Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells for Vascular Regeneration
    10. Mesenchymal Stem Cell and Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation for Vasculitis
    11. Mesenchymal Stem Cell and Endothelial Progenitor Cell Transplantation for Buerger's Disease
    12. Changing the Course of Peripheral Arterial Disease Using Adult Stem Progenitor Cells
    13. Stem Cell Delivery for the Treatment of Arteriovenous Fistula Failure
    14. Stem Cell Therapy to Improve Acute Myocardial Infarction Remodeling
    15. Stem Cell Therapy for Stroke
    16. Use of Stem Cells in the Treatment of Erectile Dysfunction
    17. Stem Cell Therapy for Ophthalmic Vascular Disease
    18. Stem Cell Therapy Delivery in Liver Disease
    19. Stem Cell Therapy for Lymphedema.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Benjamin L. Kidder.
    Contents:
    Efficient Library Preparation for Next-Generation Sequencing Analysis of Genome-Wide Epigenetic and Transcriptional Landscapes in Embryonic Stem Cells
    Analysis of Next-Generation Sequencing Data Using Galaxy
    edgeR for Differential RNA-seq and ChIP-seq Analysis: An Application to Stem Cell Biology
    Use Model-based Analysis of ChIP-Seq (MACS) to Analyze Short Reads Generated by Sequencing Protein-DNA Interactions in Embryonic Stem Cells
    Spatial Clustering for Identification of ChIP-Enriched Regions (SICER) to Map Regions of Histone Methylation Patterns in Embryonic Stem Cells
    Identifying Stem Cell Gene Expression Patterns and Phenotypic Networks with AutoSOME
    Visualization and Clustering of High-Dimensional Transcriptome Data Using GATE
    Interpreting and Visualizing ChIP-seq Data with the seqMINER Software
    A Description of the Molecular Signatures Database (MSigDB) Website
    Use of Genome-Wide RNAi Screens to Identify Regulators of Embryonic Stem Cell Self-Renewal and Pluripotency
    Correlating Histone Modification Patterns with Gene Expression Data During Hematopoiesis
    In Vitro Maturation and In Vitro Fertilization of Mouse Oocytes and Preimplantation Embryo Culture
    Derivation and Manipulation of Trophoblast Stem Cells from Mouse Blastocysts
    Conversion of Epiblast Stem Cells to Embryonic Stem Cells Using Growth Factors and Small Molecule Inhibitors
    Generation of Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells Using Chemical Inhibition and Three Transcription Factors
    Transdifferentiation of Mouse Fibroblasts and Hepatocytes to Functional Neurons
    Direct Lineage Conversion of Pancreatic Exocrine to Endocrine Beta-Cells In Vivo with Defined Factors
    Direct Reprogramming of Cardiac Fibroblasts to Cardiomyocytes Using MicroRNAs
    Reprogramming Somatic Cells into Pluripotent Stem Cells Using miRNAs.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Phuc Van Pham, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces many new technologies and clinical applications of hematopoietic stem cells and mesenchymal stem cell transplantation for the treatment of autoimmune diseases and inflammatory diseases. Presented in two parts, Part 1 focuses on stem cell therapies for autoimmune disease treatment; Part 2 focuses on stem cell therapies and their application in the treatment of common inflammatory diseases, including chronic knee osteoarthritis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, liver cirrhosis, Crohn's Disease, Multiple Sclerosis, and more. This book is an essential source for all advanced students and researchers involved with these diseases, stem cells, or both. Stem Cell Transplantation for Autoimmune Diseases and Inflammation and the other books in the Stem Cells in Clinical Applications series are invaluable to scientists, researchers, advanced students and clinicians working in stem cells, regenerative medicine, or tissue engineering as well as cancer or genetics research.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Stem Cell Therapy for Autoimmune Diseases;
    Chapter 1: Current Status of Stem Cell Transplantation for Autoimmune Diseases; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Mechanisms of Autoimmune Disease and Stem Cell Therapy Strategy; 1.3 Immune Correction by Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation; 1.3.1 Hematopoietic Stem Cells; 1.3.2 Sources of HSCs for Transplantation; 1.3.3 HSC Transplantations in AD Treatment in Preclinical Trials; 1.3.4 HSC Transplantation for AD Treatment in the Clinic; 1.3.4.1 HSCT for Systemic Sclerosis (SSc) 1.3.4.2 HSCT for Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE)1.3.4.3 HSCT for Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA); 1.3.5 The Mechanisms of HSC Transplantation for AD Treatment; 1.4 Immunomodulation by MSC Transplantation; 1.4.1 Mesenchymal Stem Cells; 1.4.2 MSC Transplantation for ADs in Preclinical Studies; 1.4.3 MSC Transplantation for ADs in the Clinic; 1.4.3.1 MSC Transplantation for SLE; 1.4.3.2 MSC Transplantation for Crohn's Disease; 1.4.3.3 MSC Transplantation for Multiple Sclerosis (MS); 1.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Mechanisms of Mesenchymal Stem Cells for Autoimmune Disease Treatment 2.1 Introduction2.2 Cellular Mechanism of Autoimmunity; 2.3 Molecular Mechanism of Autoimmunity; 2.4 MSCs in Treating Autoimmunity; 2.5 Mechanism of MSCs in Treating Autoimmune Diseases; 2.6 Mechanism of EVs from MSCs in Treating Autoimmune Diseases; 2.7 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Stem Cell Therapy for Multiple Sclerosis: An Exciting Challenge or a Treatment Hope; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Objectives; 3.1.2 The Importance of Stem Cells; 3.2 Stem Cell Therapy for MS; 3.3 Evidence-Based Experimental Tests of Stem Cell Therapy for MS; 3.4 Epidermal Nerve Stem Cells (EPI-NCSCs) 3.5 Mesenchymal Stem Cells (MSCs)3.6 Neural Stem Cells (NSCs); 3.7 Olfactory Ensheathing Cells (OECs); 3.8 Hematopoietic Stem Cells (HSCs); 3.9 Oligodendrocyte Precursor Cells (OPCs); 3.10 Evidence-Based Clinical Trial of Stem Cell Therapy for MS; 3.11 Hematopoietic Stem Cells (HSCs); 3.12 Mesenchymal Stem Cells (MSCs); 3.13 Adipose Stem Cells (ASCs); 3.14 Nervous Stem Cells (NSCs); 3.15 Conclusion and Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 4: Mesenchymal Stem Cell Transplantation in Rheumatoid Arthritis; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Mechanism of Inflammation in Rheumatoid Arthritis and the MSC 4.2.1 Innate Immunity in Rheumatoid Arthritis-Macrophages4.2.2 Innate Immunity in RA-Osteoclasts; 4.2.3 Innate Immunity in RA-NK Cells; 4.2.4 Innate Immunity in RA-Dendritic Cells; 4.2.5 Adaptive Immunity in RA-T Cell Mechanisms; 4.2.6 Adaptive Immunity in RA-B Cell Mechanisms; 4.3 Autologous and Allogeneic Use in RA; 4.3.1 Intravenous vs. Intra-articular Injection; 4.3.2 Priming MSCs; 4.3.3 Clinical Trials; 4.3.3.1 Intravenous Infusion of Umbilical Cord MSCs-Single-Dose Regime; 4.3.3.2 Intravenous and Intra-articular Infusion of Adipose Tissue MSCs-A Split Dose Regime
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Nicole Arrighi.
    Contents:
    1. Definition and classification of stem cells
    2. Stem cells as a necessary experimental platform in medical research
    3. Stem cells at the core of cell therapy
    4. Stem cells for regenerative medicine in humans
    5. Bioethics: regulatory framework for human stem cells
    Glossary
    Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Phuc Van Pham, editor.
    Summary: This new series, based on a bi-annual conference and its topics, represents a major contribution to the emerging science of cancer research and regenerative medicine. Each volume brings together some of the most pre-eminent scientists working on cancer biology, cancer treatment, cancer diagnosis, cancer prevention and regenerative medicine to share information on currently ongoing work which will help shape future therapies. These volumes are invaluable resources not only for already active researchers or clinicians but also for those entering these fields, plus those in industry. Stem Cells: Biology and Engineering is a proceedings volume which reflects papers presented at the Innovations in Regenerative Medicine and Cancer Research conference; taken with its companion volume Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine it provides a complete overview of the papers from that meeting of international experts.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Marnix Jansen, Nicholas A. Wright, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Distal esophageal adenocarcinoma and gastric adenocarcinoma: time for a shared research agenda
    2. Clonal evaolution of stem cells in the gastrointestinal tract
    3. The complex, clonal and controversial nature of Barrett's esophagus
    4. A new pathologic assessment of gastroesophageal reflux disease: the squamo-oxyntic gap
    5. Diagnosis by endoscopy and advanced imaging of Barrett's neoplasia
    6. Endoscopic treatment of early Barrett's neoplasia: expanding indications, new challenges
    7. Definition, derivation, and diagnosis of Barrett's esophagus: pathological perspectives
    8. What makes an expert Barrett's histopathologist?
    9. Staging early esophageal cancer
    10. Transcommitment: paving the way to Barrett's metaplasia
    11. Studying cancer evolution in Barrett's esophagus and esophageal adenocarcinoma
    12. Genomics of esophageal cancer and biomarkers for early detection
    13. Common variants confer susceptibility to Barrett's esophagus: insights from the first genome-wide association studies
    14. Endoluminal diagnosis of early gastric cancer and its precursors: bridging the gap between endoscopy and pathology
    15. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for early gastric cancer: getting it right!
    16. The Japanese viewpoint on the histopathology of early gastric cancer
    17. Syndromic gastric polyps: at the crossroads of genetic and environmental cancer predisposition
    18. Histopathological, molecular, and genetic profile and hereditary diffuse gastric cancer: current knowledge and challenges for the furture
    19. Helicobacter pylori, cancer, and the gastric microbiota
    20. Helicobacter pylori and gastric cancer: timing and impact of preventive measures
    21. Genomics study of gastric cancer and its molecular subtypes
    22. Recapitulating human gastric cancer pathogenesis: experimental models of gastric cancer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Yun-Wen Zheng.
    Summary: Stem Cells and Cancer in Hepatology: From the Essentials to Application offers basic scientists and clinicians in the fields of stem cells, hepatology and oncology an overview of the interaction between liver biology, stem cells and cancer. It discusses how the liver performs regeneration and repair, the role stem cells play in these processes, and the mechanisms by which liver cancers are initiated and developed. As the field of stem cells and cancer stem cells in hepatology is new and dynamic, thus making it difficult for researchers and clinicians to understand the most relevant historic and novel studies, this volume addresses that challenge.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Mohamed Al-Rubeai, Mariam Naciri, editors.
    Contents:
    Use of Human Embryonic Stem Cells in Therapy
    Human Neural Stem Cell-based Cell- and Gene-therapy for Neurological Diseases
    Vascular Stem Cell Therapy
    Bioprocessing of Human Pluripotent Stem Cells for Cell Therapy Applications
    Blood Cell Bioprocessing: The Haematopoietic System and Current Status of In-vitro Production of Red Blood Cells
    Bioprocessing Challenges Associated with the Purification of Cellular Therapies
    Separation Technologies for Stem Cell Bioprocessing.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Kursad Turksen.
    Contents:
    Therapeutic mesenchymal stromal cells : where we are headed / Patrick J. Hanley
    Suspension culture of undifferentiated human pluripotent stem cells using spinner flasks / Vincent C. Chen and Larry A. Couture
    Scalable expansion of human-induced pluripotent stem cells in xeno-free microcarriers / Sara M. Badenes [and 4 others]
    Derivation of GMP-compliant integration-free hiPSCs using modified mRNAs / Jens Durruthy Durruthy and Vittorio Sebastiano
    Labeling pluripotent stem cell-derived neural progenitors with iron oxide particles for magnetic resonance imaging / Sebastien Sart [and 3 others]
    Using the quantum cell expansion system for the automated expansion of clinical-grade bone marrow-derived human mesenchymal stromal cells / Gema Martin-Manso and Patrick J. Hanley
    Isolation and expansion of mesenchymal stromal/stem cells from umbilical cord Under chemically defined conditions / Heba Badraiq, Liani Devito, and Dusko Ilic
    Production of good manufacturing practice-grade human umbilical cord blood-derived mesenchymal stem cells for therapeutic use / Phuc Van Pham and Ngoc Kim Phan
    Xeno-free culture of human periodontal ligament stem cells / Oriana Trubiani and Francesca Diomede
    GMP-compliant human adipose tissue-derived mesenchymal stem cells for cellular therapy / Hamid-Reza Aghayan, Parisa Goodarzi, and Babak Arjmand
    cGMP-compliant transportation conditions for a prompt therapeutic use of marrow mesenchymal stromal/stem cells / Elena Veronesi [and 8 others]
    GMP-grade human fetal liver-derived mesenchymal stem cells for clinical transplantation / Bagher Larijani, Hamid-Reza Aghayan, Parisa Goodarzi, and Babak Arjmand
    Purification of human induced pluripotent stem cell-derived neural precursors using magnetic activated cell sorting / Goncalo M.C. Rodrigues [and 4 others]
    Scalable ex vivo expansion of human mesenchymal stem/stromal cells in microcarrier-based stirred culture systems / Joana G. Carmelo, Ana Fernandes-Platzgummer, Joaquim M.S. Cabral, and Claudia Lobato da Silva
    Media fill for validation of a good manufacturing practice-compliant cell production process / Marta Serra, Livia Roseti, and Alessandra Bassi
    Standard operating procedure for the good manufacturing practice-compliant production of human bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells / Livia Roseti, Marta Serra, and Alessandra Bassi
    Culture of human limbal epithelial stem cells on tenon's fibroblast feeder-layers : a translational approach / Gaia Scafetta [and 3 others]
    Bioreactor expansion of human mesenchymal stem cells according to GMP requirements / Christiane L. Elseberg, Denise Salzig, and Peter Czermak.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Chrissa Kioussi.
    Contents:
    Culturing and differentiating mouse embryonic stem cells / Axel P. Gross and Chrissa Kioussi
    Neural stem cell transplantation in an animal model of traumatic brain injury / Dimitra Thomaidou
    Experimental cell transplantation for traumatic spinal cord injury regeneration : intramedullar or intrathecal administration / Ana Alastrue-Agudo [and six others]
    Generation of murine xenograft models of brain tumors from primary human tissue for in vivo analysis of the brain tumor-initiating cell / Maleeha Qazi [and six others]
    Growth of bone marrow and skeletal muscle side population stem cells in suspension culture / Christina A. Pacak and Douglas B. Cowan
    Isolation, culture and immunostaining of skeletal muscle fibres to study myogenic progression in satellite cells / Louise A. Moyle and Peter S. Zammit
    Human neural crest stem cells derived from human pluripotent stem cells / Qiuyue Liu, Andrzej Swistowski, and Xianmin Zeng
    Dental pulp stem cell (DPSC) isolation, characterization, and differentiation / Federico Ferro, Renza Spelat, and Chelsea S. Baheney
    Dental pulp stem cells isolation and osteogenic differentiation : a good promise for tissue engineering / Adriana Di Benedetto, Claudia Carbone, and Giorgio Mori
    Efficient hepatic differentiation of human induced pluripotent stem cells in a three-dimensional microscale culture / Ran-Ran Zhang [and nine others]
    The generation and maintenance of rat induced pluripotent stem cells / Tomoyuki Yamaguchi, Sanae Hamanaka, and Hiromitsu Nakauchi
    Protocol for cutaneous wound healing assay in a murine model / Gitali Ganguli-Indra
    Adipose-derived stem cells : methods for isolation and applications for clinical use / Brian Mailey [and seven others]
    In vitro detection of residual undifferentiated cells in retinal pigment epithelial cells derived from human induced pluripotent stem cells / Takuya Kuroda, Satoshi Yasuda, and Yoji Sato
    Whole-mount immunohistochemistry to study spermatogonial stem cells and spermatogenic lineage development in mice, monkeys, and humans / Kathrin Gassei, Hanna Valli, and Kyle E. Orwig
    Differentiating the stem cell pool of human hair follicle outer root sheath into functional melanocytes / Marie Schneider [and four others]
    Pancreas development ex vivo : culturing embryonic pancreas explants on permeable culture inserts, with fibronectin-coated glass microwells, or embedded in three-dimensional Matrigel [trademark] / Hung Ping Shih and Maike Sander
    Ultra-rapid manufacturing of engineered epicardial substitute to regenerate cardiac tissue following acute ischemic injury / Vahid Serpooshan and Pilar Ruiz-Lozano.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive discussion on the novel concepts in stem cell heterogeneity, from pluripotent stem cells to human mesenchymal stem cells, adult and cancer stem cells of the thyroid, sarcoma, and more. Thus, Stem Cell Heterogeneity - Novel Concepts starts from a timely update on the current information on stem cells heterogeneity in various tissues and discusses new concepts and future directions. It also provides a solid foundation of the history of stem cells from specific tissues and the current applications of this knowledge in regenerative medicine. When taken as a whole, alongside its companion volumes Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Different Organs, and Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Cancer, these three books present a comprehensive reference on stem cell heterogeneity in various tissues and current and future applications for regenerative medicine. It is essential reading for advanced cell biology students as well as researchers in stem cells and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Stem cells heterogeneity
    Heterogeneity in epiblast stem cells
    Progenitor cell heterogeneity in the adult carotid body germinal niche
    Planarian stem cell heterogeneity
    The cellular origin of Barrett's esophagus and its stem cells
    Pluripotent stem cell heterogeneity
    Sarcoma stem cell heterogeneity
    Heterogeinity in adipose derived stem cells
    Unveiling stem cell heterogeneity towards the development of salivary gland regenerative strategies
    Heterogeneity of human mesenchymal stromal/stem cells
    Mitochondrial heterogeneity in stem cells
    The heterogeneity of renal stem cells, and their interaction with bio- and nano-materials
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive discussion on the heterogeneity existing between different types of stem cells within the same tissue, for several types of cancers, e.g. glioblastoma stem cells. Recent developments have revealed completely different roles of distinct stem cells within the same organ. Thus, Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Cancer provides a timely update us on the current information on stem cells heterogeneity in various tissues. It also provides a solid foundation of the history of stem cells from specific tissues and the current applications of this knowledge in regenerative medicine. When taken as a whole, alongside its companion volumes Stem Cells Heterogeneity – Novel Concepts, and Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Different Organs, these three books present a comprehensive reference on stem cell heterogeneity in various tissues and current and future applications for regenerative medicine. It is essential reading for advanced cell biology students as well as researchers in stem cells and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Multilayered heterogeneity of glioblastoma stem cells: biological and clinical significance
    Heterogeneity of head and neck squamous cell carcinoma stem cells
    Heterogeneity of small cell lung cancer stem cells
    Heterogeneity of hepatic cancer stem cells
    Heterogeneity and plasticity of breast cancer stem cells
    Heterogeneity of melanoma with stem cell properties
    Heterogeneity of colon cancer stem cells
    Urothelial cancer stem cell heterogeneity
    Acute myeloid leukemia stem cell heterogeneity and its clinical relevance
    Contribution of chronic myeloid leukaemia (CML) as a disease model to define and study clonal heterogeneity
    The heterogeneity of osteosarcoma: the role played by cancer stem cells
    Ovarian cancer stem cell heterogeneity
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Melvin A. Shiffman, Alberto Di Giuseppe, Franco Bassetto, editors.
    Summary: Interest in the use of stem cells in aesthetic procedures has been increasing rapidly, reflecting the widespread acknowledgment of the tremendous potential of stem cell fat transfer. This is, however, the first book to be devoted entirely to the subject. The book opens by reviewing the history of the development of pluripotent stem cells and the results of research into the biochemistry and physiology of stem cells. Adipose tissue anatomy and survival are discussed, and the wide range of aesthetic procedures involving stem cell fat transfer are then described in detail. These procedures relate to the face, breast, buttocks, legs, hands, penis, and Poland syndrome. In addition, potential risks and complications are identified. Stem Cells in Aesthetic Procedures: Art, Science, and Clinical Techniques is completely up to date and has been written by leading experts in the field. It will be an invaluable source of information for students, beginners, and experienced surgeons in the fields of plastic surgery, general surgery, cosmetic surgery, facial plastic surgery, otolaryngology, ophthalmology, and oral maxillofacial surgery.

    Contents:
    Stem Cell Applications: An Overview
    Adipose Cell Precursors: Stem Cells in Medicine, Tissue Engineering, and Reconstructive Surgery
    Tissue Engineering of Vascularized Adipose Tissue for Soft Tissue Reconstruction
    Surface Antigenic Profiles of Stem Cells from the Human Bone Marrow, Subcutaneous Fat, and Omentum Fat
    Human Adipose Tissue as a Source of Multipotent Stem Cells
    Adipocytes and Osteoblasts from Human Adipose Tissue Mesenchymal Stem Cells for the Production of Compatible and Safe Biomaterial Crucial in Cosmetic, Reconstructive, and Regenerative Medicine
    Adipogenesis Using Human Adipose Tissue-Derived Cells Impregnated with Basic Fibroblast Growth Factor
    The Adipose Organ: Morphological Perspectives of Adipose Tissues
    Pericytes: a Ubiquitous Source of Multipotent Adult Tissue Stem Cells
    Adipose-Derived Stem Cells to Modulate Scar Tissue: From Biological Basis to Clinical Applications
    Stem Cells, Mature Adipocytes, and Extracellular Matrix: What Does Each Contribute to Fat Graft Survival?
    Multipotential Aspects of Adipose-Derived Stem Cells and Their Spheroids
    The Influences of the Density of ASCs and the Stromal Condensation Rates (SCR) on Volume Maintenance Rates (VMR) in the Fresh Fat Graft
    Adipose-Derived Stem and Regenerative Cells as Fillers in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
    Advantages of the Transplantation of Fat in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
    Autologous Fat Transfer: Risk or Benefit?
    Adipose Tissue Anatomy
    Adipose-Derived Stem and Regenerative Cells: Harvesting, Processing, and Administration
    Cell, Tissue, and Organ Culture: Coulter Counter Use in the Enumeration of Muscle and Fat Stem Cells
    Adipose-Derived Regenerative Cells
    Adipose Tissue: From Energy Reservoir to a Source of Cells for Epithelial Tissue Engineering
    The Role of Adipose Tissue-Derived Stem Cells and of Angiogenesis
    Extensive Characterization of Stem Cells Derived from Skin
    Current Therapeutic Uses of Adipose-Derived Stem and Regenerative Cells
    Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Clinical Practice
    Adipose-Derived Stem Cells (ADSCs): Current Findings and Future Perspectives in Structural Facial Fat Grafting
    The Stem Cell-Enhanced Regenerative Facelift
    Facial Rejuvenation with Stem Cell Fat Graft: The FAM [TM] Procedure
    Specialized Stem Cell Fat Transfer to Face
    Fat Transfer for Face Volume Enhancement
    Fat Transplantation for Hemifacial Atrophy: In Search for Improved Techniques
    Secondary Correction of Facial Deformities Following Major Resection and Reconstruction: Fat Stem Cell for Restoration of Facial Asymmetries
    Ear Lobe Revolumization
    Breast Augmentation and Augmentation of the Tuberous Breast with Adipose Tissue Transfer
    Breast Augmentation with Stem Cell Fat Transfer and VASE [TM]
    Fat Grafting Supplemented by Adipose-Derived Stem Cells for Breast Augmentation
    Breast Augmentation with Stem Cell-Enhanced Fat Transfer: Comparison Between Enhanced and Unenhanced Fat Grafting
    Multipotential Aspects of Breast Periprosthetic Capsule Stem Cells
    Tuberous Breast Correction with Stem Cell Fat Transfer
    Stem Cell Fat Transfer for Mastoplasty Using VASE [TM] Ultrasound and Office-Devised Stem Cell
    Adipocyte and Stem Cell Grafting: Impact on Cancer Detection
    Fat Grafting for Deep Inferior Epigastric Perforator Flap Refinements in Breast Reconstruction: The Hybrid Autologous Reconstruction
    Stem Cell Enhanced Fat Grafting to Buttocks
    Buttock Recontouring
    Improved Methods of Autologous Fat Transplantation in Correcting Buttock Asymmetry
    Buttock Biomolding with Autologous Adipose Tissue-Derived Stem Cells
    Hand Rejuvenation
    Hand Rejuvenation with Stem Cell Fat Transfer
    Free Fat Graft for Cosmetic Phalloplasty: Twenty-Year Retrospective
    Stem Cell-Assisted Fat Transfer to the Penis
    Vaginal Rejuvenation
    Free Fat Transfer in Irradiated Tissue
    The GID: A New Device for Fat Harvesting and Washing in Aesthetic Plastic Surgery
    Complications of Stem Cell-Assisted Fat Transfer
    Interactions Between Adipose Stem Cells and Cancer
    Editor's Commentary.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Seyed Mohammad Kazem Aghamir, editor.
    Summary: This contributed volume emphasizes the potential of stem cells to be pertained in the urology field and attempts to disclose the history of the field up to the latest advances to date. It gathers the majority of papers that advocate utilizing stem cells as the best option for treating, diagnosing, and managing diseases related to urological system. This book covers a broad spectrum of issues, including mesenchymal stem cells, cancer stem cells, organoids, regenerative medicine, erectile dysfunction, bladder dysfunction, and kidney transplant. From several decades ago, as characteristic features of stem cells have been explored, it has attracted a great amount of interests. In view of their multiple capacity of differentiating into various lineages, many studies were conducted to assess their beneficial potential. Despite considerable progress into applying stem cells in animal models, for translating into clinical practices there are several obstacles to be resolved. However, few clinical studies have been performed in each field and outcomes were delightful. There is an ongoing hope for stem cells to someday, be the mainstream treatments of urological diseases, although stem cells treatments already exist they are not well-known. Indeed, this book is essential for anyone who is working with the purpose of employing stem cells to treat the urological diseases and discusses at length the latest advances as well as their limitations.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    References
    Chapter 2: Overview of Mesenchymal Stem Cells
    2.1 Background
    2.2 Stem Cell Characteristics
    2.2.1 Differentiation
    2.2.2 Anti-Inflammation Ability
    2.2.3 Homing
    2.3 Tissue Regeneration
    2.4 Clinical Application
    2.5 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3: Cancer Stem Cells
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Cancer Stem Cells Specific Properties
    3.3 Testicular Germ Cell Tumors (TGSTs)
    3.4 Prostate Cancer Stem Cells (PCSC)
    3.5 Bladder Cancer Stem Cells (BCSC)
    3.6 Renal Cancer Stem Cell (RCSC) 3.7 The Process of Epithelial to Mesenchymal Transformation (EMT)
    3.8 Metastasis in Urothelial Cancer
    3.9 Liquid Biopsy in Urological Malignancies
    3.10 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Organoids
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 History of Organoids
    4.3 What Is an Organoid?
    4.4 Organoids in Cystoplasty
    4.5 Organoids in Pelvic Floor
    4.6 Organoids in Urethra
    4.7 Organoids in Ureter
    4.8 Kidney and Organoids
    4.9 MSC in Renal Disorders
    4.10 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 5: Regenerative Medicine in Urology
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Stem Cells 5.3 Embryonic Stem Cells
    5.4 Perinatal Stem Cells
    5.5 Adult Stem Cells
    5.6 Wound Healing in Urology Using Mesenchymal Stromal Cells
    5.7 Regenerative Medicine in Bladder
    5.8 Regenerative Medicine for Bladder Using Cell Transplantation
    5.9 Detrusor Dysfunction
    5.10 Stress Urinary Incontinence
    5.11 Penile Reconstruction
    5.12 Penile Transplantation
    5.13 Spermatogonial Stem Cell (SSC) Autotransplantation
    5.14 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Erectile Dysfunctions
    6.1 Stem Cell Niches
    6.2 Endogenous Stem Cells
    6.3 Stem Cells Mobilization 6.4 Stem Cell Localization
    6.5 Penile Endogenous Stem Cells
    6.6 Endogenous Stem Cell Activation
    6.7 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 7: Bladder Dysfunction
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Stem Cells Sources and Their Mechanism of Action in Bladder Dysfunction Recovery
    7.3 Stem Cell Therapy and Pathogenic Models of Bladder Dysfunction
    7.3.1 Bladder Outlet Model
    7.3.2 Bladder Ischemia Model
    7.3.3 Diabetes Model
    7.3.4 Spinal Cord Injured Model
    7.3.5 Cryo-Injured Model
    7.3.6 Other Bladder Dysfunction Models
    7.4 Regeneration of the Bladder
    7.4.1 Tissue Engineering 7.4.2 Bioreactors
    7.4.3 Bioprinting
    7.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 8: Transplant and Kidney Repair
    8.1 MSC Immunomodulation
    8.2 Renoprotective Modes of Action
    8.3 Clinical Use of MSCs in Treatment of Kidney Diseases
    8.4 Acute and Chronic Kidney Injury
    8.5 AKI Induced by Ischemia/Reperfusion
    8.6 AKI Induced by Chemotherapy
    8.7 Chronic Kidney Disease
    8.8 Diabetic Nephropathy
    8.9 Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
    8.10 Polycystic Kidney Disease
    8.11 Autoimmune Disease: Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    8.12 MSCs in Kidney Transplantation
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    by USMLE Junkies & Dr. Lala
    Summary: "A must-have study guide to review for the United States Medical Licensing Examination, USMLE Step 3 and easily recall medical scenarios while proving a linkage or a way each medical condition correlates to one another. There is no other Step 3 review book that uses a stepwise, quick, and high-yield approach in this manner. Step 3 Board-Ready USMLE Junkies will help you achieve success. For such an exam that is fast paced and intense, a guide that helps to see the interrelationships of diseases is a great choice to review. Features: · Updated content and material focusing on clinical perspectives to aid with passing the USMLE Step 3 examination. · It is an easy read: 1, 2, 3...style; yet detailed materials for USMLE Step 3. · High-yield formats which include signs and symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment. · Easy to recall short phrases and mnemonics. · Tips on when to admit to ICU. · Initial workup to consider in the emergency room. · Tips to consider during or while taking the examination. · Easy computer-based case simulation tips. · 1-liner Junky cases to help you with clinical cases. · It will help you achieve higher scores on your Step 3"-- From ProQuest Ebook Central product page

    Contents:
    Cardiology
    Endocrinology
    Dermatology
    Gastroenterology
    Hermatology
    Oncology
    Pulmonology
    Infectious disease
    Nephrology
    Pediatrics
    Obstetrics
    Gynecology
    Trauma/ER and surgery
    Biostatistics
    Neurology
    Psychiatry and ethics
    Immunology
    Rheumatology
    Ophthalmology
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Narayanan Janakiram, Dharambir S. Sethi, Onkar K. Deshmukh, Arvindh K. Gananathan.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Martin Huecker, MD, FAAEM, Assistant Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky, Scott H. Plantz, MD, FAAEM, Associate Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky.
    Summary: An important addition to the popular Step-Up series, Step-Up to Emergency Medicine uses the proven series format to provide a high-yield review of emergency medicine, ideal for preparing for clerkships/clinical rotations, end of rotation/shelf exams, and the USMLE Step 2. Clinical pearls, full-color illustrations, an.

    Contents:
    Resuscitation
    Cardiovascular emergencies
    Pulmonary emergencies
    Gastrointestinal emergencies
    Urogenital emergencies
    Infectious disease emergencies
    Metabolic emergencies
    Neurologic emergencies
    Rheumatologic and allergic emergencies
    Dermatologic emergencies
    Eye, ear, nose, throat, and dental emergencies
    Obstetric and gynecologic emergencies
    Psychiatric emergencies
    Obstetric and gynecologic emergencies
    Pediatric emergencies
    Hematologic and oncologic emergencies
    Traumatic emergencies
    Orthopedic emergencies
    Wound emergencies
    Toxicologic emergencies
    Environmental emergencies
    Medicolegal considerations.
  • Digital
    Robert V. Ellis, MD, Assistant Professor of Family Medicine, Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio.
    Summary: "Efficiently prepare for your family medicine rotation and exams! This high-yield review book gives you exactly the help you need to succeed on your family medicine clerkship, the NBME Family Medicine Shelf Exam, and the ambulatory component of the USMLE Step 2 CK. Focus on what you really need to know with chapters and topics based on the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine National Clerkship Curriculum, as well as content areas of the NBME Family Medicine Shelf Exam. Succinct outline approach keeps "extra" material to a minimum, focusing on the core content you need to know. "Quick Hits" in the margins highlight highly testable topics. Easy-to-follow algorithms show examples of effective clinical reasoning, particularly for similar complaints Includes must-know information on causes, risk factors, history and physical exam, lab studies and radiology, treatment, and complications for the most common diseases and disorders. Review questions with full explanations at the end of each chapter test your knowledge"-- Provided by publisher "When creating Step-Up to Family Medicine, we set out to write a review book to aid students on their family medicine clerkship and to study for the NBME Family Medicine Shelf Exam as well as to study for the ambulatory component of Step 2 CK"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Family medicine in context
    Preventive care
    Common symptoms
    Immunologic disorders
    Disorders of the blood
    Mental disorders
    Diseases of the nervous system
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Diseases of the respiratory system
    Nutritional and digestive disorders
    Gynecologic disorders
    Renal, urinary, and male reproductive system
    Pregnancy, childbirth, and puerperium
    Disorders of the skin and subcutaneous tissue
    Diseases of the musculoskeletal system and connective tissue
    Endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Care of the older adult
    Appendix 1. Herbal medicines and supplements
    Appendix 2. Over-the-counter medications
    Appendix 3. Preventive medicine guidelines.
  • Print
    Steven Agabegi, Elizabeth Agabegi ; leader editors, Mark D. Duncan, Kelley Chuang
  • Digital
    editors Steven S. Agabegi, MD, Elizabeth D. Agabegi, MD.
    Summary: This book provides a review of medicine, ideal for preparing for clerkships or clinical rotations, shelf exams, and the USMLE Step 2.

    Contents:
    Diseases of the cardiovascular system
    Diseases of the pulmonary system
    Obstructive lung diseases
    Diseases of the gastrointestinal system
    Endocrine and metabolic diseases
    Diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems
    Connective tissue and joint diseases
    Diseases of the renal and genitourinary system
    Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base disorders
    Hematologic diseases and neoplasms
    Infectious diseases
    Diseases of the skin and hypersensitivity disorders
    Ambulatory medicine.
  • Digital
    Steven Agabegi, MD, Elizabeth Agabegi, MD ; lead editors, Mark D. Duncan, MD, Kelley Chuang, MD.
    Summary: Thoroughly updated and revised, this new edition provides a high-yield review of medicine, ideal for preparing for clerkship or clinical rotations, shelf exams, and the USMLE Step 2. This book provides essential information in an efficient, easy-to-remember manner to help you excel on your exams and succeed in a clinical setting. -- Publisher description

    Contents:
    Diseases of the cardiovascular system
    Diseases of the pulmonary system
    Diseases of the gastrointestinal system
    Endocrine and metabolic diseases
    Diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems
    Connective tissue and joint diseases
    Diseases of the renal and genitourinary system
    Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base disorders
    Hematologic diseases and neoplasms
    Infectious diseases
    Diseases of the skin and hypersensitivity disorders
    Ambulatory medicine.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Frank W. Ling, Russell R. Snyder, Sandra Ann Carson, Wesley C. Fowler.
    Summary: "Step-Up to Ob/Gyn is a primary review tool to prepare students for both the Ob/Gyn clerkship and the end-rotation NBME shelf examination. Texts in this series blend a bullet-outline format with comprehensive paragraphs, as needed, for optimal study and rotation preparation. Illustrations, charts, tables, graphs, mnemonics, and "Quick Hit" pearls for the clerkship all speed and supplement learning. Ample content without superfluous detail is the hallmark of this growing series. 100 USMLE-style clinical vignette-based questions with answers are provided in the print text, along with a companion Website on thePoint, which will offer an additional 100 USMLE-style questions in a quiz bank, an image bank, as well as an online ebook"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Overview of women's health. The woman's health examination
    The obstetrician/gynecologist's role in screening and preventive care
    Ethics in obstetrics and gynecology
    Embryology and anatomy
    Reproductive physiology
    Section 2. Obstetrics. Endocrinology of pregnancy
    Maternal-fetal physiology
    Preconception and antepartum care
    Prenatal diagnosis, genetic disorder assessment, and teratology
    Normal labor and delivery
    Intrapartum fetal surveillance
    Immediate care of newborn
    Abnormal labor and malpresentation
    Postpartum care/complications
    Ectopic pregnancy
    Common medical and surgical problems in pregnancy
    Infectious diseases in pregnancy
    Hypertension in pregnancy
    Multifetal gestation
    Fetal growth abnormalities: fetal growth restriction and macrosomia
    Isoimmunization
    Preterm labor
    Third-trimester bleeding
    Premature rupture of membranes
    Postterm pregnancy and intrauterine fetal demise
    Obstetric procedures
    Section 3. Gynecology. Contraception
    Sterilization
    Reproductive tract congenital anomalies
    Reproductive tract benign conditions
    Vulvovaginitis and sexually transmitted diseases
    Pelvic support defects, urinary incontinence, and urinary tract infection
    Endometriosis
    Dysmenorrhea and chronic pelvic pain
    Breast disorders
    Gynecologic procedures
    Sexual function and dysfunction
    Sexual assault and domestic violence
    Section 4. Reproductive endocrinology and infertility. Puberty
    Amenorrhea and abnormal uterine bleeding
    Hirsutism and virilization
    Menopause
    Infertility
    Premenstrual syndrome and premenstrual dysphoric disorder
    Section 5. Gynecologic oncology. Cell biology and principles of cancer therapy
    Getational trophoblastic neoplasia
    Benign vulvar disease
    Cervical dysplasia and carcinoma
    Cancer of the uterine corpus
    Ovarian and adnexal disease.
  • Digital
    Samir S. Shah, Jeanine C. Ronan, Brian Alverson.
    Summary: "A guide for third year medical students preparing for the end-of-rotation NBME shelf exam, the pediatrics clerkship, and the USMLE Step 2 CK"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Diseases of the cardiovascular system
    Disease of the pulmonary system
    Diseases of the gastrointestinal system
    Endocrine and metabolic diseases
    Neurologic disorders
    Rheumatologic disorders and orthopedic conditions
    Diseases of the renal and genitourinary system
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Hematologic and oncologic diseases
    Infectious diseases
    Allergic and immunologic disorders
    Dermatologic conditions
    Diseases unique to adolescent medicine
    Diseases unique to the newborn
    Developmental and behavioral disorders
    Dysmorphology and genetic disorders
    Ophthalmologic disorders
    Emergency medicine, critical care, toxicology, and child abuse
    Diseases of the ear, nose and throat
    Appendix: epidemiology and biostatistics.
  • Digital
    Stanley Zaslau, MD, MBA, FACS, Professor, Chief, Urology Residency Program Director, Associate Chair, Education and Research, Department of Surgery, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West Virginia, Richard A. Vaughan, MD, FACS, Professor, Department of Surgery, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West Virginia.
    Summary: This is an effective high-yield review of general and subspecialty surgery, written specifically for medical, physician assistant, and nurse practitioner students in their surgery clerkship/rotation. This text packs clinical pearls, illustrations, and Quick Hits in a single, ingenious tool, tailoring each element for immediate content absorption and faster, more efficient review. This review book gives you exactly what you need to prepare for the surgery clerkship, accompanying shelf exams, and more.

    Contents:
    Surgical physiology
    Acute abdomen
    Trauma and burns
    Hernias
    Esophagus and stomach
    Small bowel
    Colon, rectum, and appendix
    Hepatobiliary system
    Pancreas and spleen
    Endocrine surgery
    Breast
    Skin and soft tissue
    Vascular surgery
    Pediatric surgery
    Orthopedic surgery
    Neurosurgery
    Urology
    Otolaryngology
    Cardiothoracic surgery
    Transplantation.
  • Print
    Michael McInnis, MD, Internal Medicine, Chief Educator, Doctors in Training.com, LLC, Forth Worth, Texas, Samir Mehta, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Chief, Orthopaedic Trauma Service, the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Chris Lewis, Family Medicine, Chief Educator, Doctors in Training.com, LLC, Austin, Texas, Sonia Mehta, MD, Fellow, Emory Eye Center, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia, Sonul Mehta, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Ophthalmology, Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, LCDR Edmund A. Milder, MC USNR, Department of Pediatrics, Naval Medical Center, Sand Diego, California, Adam J. Mirarchi, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, Oregon.
    Contents:
    Basic Concepts
    the nervou system
    The cardiovascular system
    The respiratory system
    The gastrointestinal system
    The renal system
    The endocrine system
    The reproductive system
    The musculoskeletal system
    Hematology
    Biochemistry and Genetics
    Microbiology
    Immunology
    Crunch time review.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .S74 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Brian Jenkins, MD, Michael McInnis, MD, Chris Lewis, MD.
    Summary: This book provides a high-yield, systems-based review - ideal for preparing for the end-of-rotation NBME shelf exam and studying for the USMLE Step 2 CK.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Pulmonary disorders
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Genitourinary disorders
    Endocrine disorders
    Hematology and oncology
    Selected topics in emergency medicine, critical care, and surgery
    Neurologic disorders
    Musculoskeletal disorders
    Dermatology
    Gynecologic and breast disorders
    Obstetrics
    Pediatrics
    Psychiatric disorders
    Epidemiology and ethics.
  • Digital
    editors, Latha Ganti, David C. Lebowitz, Javier Rosario, Ariel E. Vera.
    Summary: This book provides a high-yield, systems-based review - ideal for preparing for the end-of-rotation NBME shelf exam and studying for the USMLE Step 2 CK.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Hematology and oncology
    Selected topics in emergency medicine, critical care, and surgery
    Musculoskeletal disorders
    Pulmonary disorders
    Genitourinary disorders
    Endocrine disorders
    Dermatology
    Pediatrics
    Neurologic disorders
    Gynecologic and breast disorders
    Obstetrics
    Psychiatric disorders
    Epidemiology and ethics.
  • Digital
    Joel Paris.
    Summary: Synthesizing the latest research and treatment developments, Stepped Care for Borderline Personality Disorder: Making Treatment Brief, Effective, and Accessible aims to make treatment for borderling personality disorder (BPD) more accessible by providing clinicians with innovative brief and targeted intervention methods. Focusing on integrative treatment models, it offers clinicians a vital guide to the management of patients who are difficult to treat. Acknowleding the early developmental roots of BPD, the book includes sections on BPD in adolescence, childhood precursors of the disorder, and a broad range of etiological factors. It looks at the pitfalls clinicians face when trying to treat BPD, and offers a roadmap to avoiding them.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Hanyi Min, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces up-to-date knowledge of vitreal and retinal diseases with color fundus illustrations. The retinal layers of different lesions normally look like a single plane for junior doctors in Ophthalmology. With the help of the fundus camera, the stereo color images with different shooting angles are taken and the retina looks vivid and stereoscopic in the photograph. Although the technology of "deciphering" retina diseases is constantly advancing, the stereo fundus photography (SFP) is still indispensable, which can not only reveals the retina stereoscopically and comprehensively, but also has been the gold standard for certain diseases, such as glaucoma and retina angiomatous proliferation (RAP). Meanwhile, the equipment demands for SFP are not so high and can be easily promoted in the grass-roots hospitals. In this book, we carefully collected and organized more than 300 stereo color fundus images and angiography pictures of various vitreal and retinal diseases for readers to recognize the three dimensional features at first glance, such as retinal bleeding at different layers, optic disc change of glaucoma, macular diseases, tumors, RAP and polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy (PCV).

    Contents:
    Basic principles of stereo fundus photography
    Retinal diseases
    Macular diseases
    Vitreal diseases
    Optic disc diseases
    Choroidal diseases
    Fundus changes after vitreal-retinal surgeries.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Pu Dai, Dong-yi Han, Vincent C. Cousins, Yue-shuai Song, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hiroki Takada, Masaru Miyao, Sina Fateh, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pu Dai, Vincent C. Cousins, Yue-shuai Song, Xue Gao, editors.
    Summary: Featuring a set of 3-D anatomic images of ear surgery based on innovative photographic devices, this book introduces anatomical details of ear surgery in the main areas of the temporal bone and lateral skull base. After overviewing basic anatomy of temporal bone and lateral skull base, the following 8 chapters covers step by step anatomic and surgical procedures of various ear surgeries, including transcanal approach, retroauricular approach, translabyrinthine approach, middle fossa approach, retrosigmoid approach, infratemporal fossa approach, and the stereoscopic virtual anatomy of the temporal bone. It is a practical and useful resource for residents in head and neck surgery, and related field.

    Contents:
    1 Overview
    2 Bony Landmarks of the Temporal Bone
    3 Transcanal approach
    4 Postauricular Approach
    5 Translabyrinthine Approach
    6 Middle Cranial Fossa Approach
    7 Retrosigmoid Approach
    8 Infratemporal Fossa Approach
    9 Stereoscopic Virtual Anatomy of Temporal Bone.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors Simon S. Lo, Arjun Sahgal, Bin S Teh, Peter C Gerszten & Eric L Chang
    Summary: The ten chapters of this book provide a concise overview of the various aspects of stereotactic body radiation therapy for non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC), including general, radiobiological, technical and clinical issues.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Andrew Gaya, Anand Mahadevan, editors.
    Summary: This practical guide covers the basic aspects of stereotactic radiotherapy systems and treatment. As an emerging field, stereotactic body radiotherapy (SBRT) offers image-guided radiation that is directed at extremely well-defined tumor targets within the body, delivering very high doses of radiation. Indications for SBRT have expanded extensively in recent years from intracranial treatment to extracranial, leading to the development of a thriving subspecialty within radiation oncology. The expertise on these methods is concentrated across a few centres, mainly in the USA. However, as the technique is increasingly being adopted worldwide, specialists require further training in using it. Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy ? A Practical Guide provides a valuable aid for this purpose and is of particular interest to clinical oncologists and their trainees.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel M. Trifiletti, Samuel T. Chao, Arjun Sahgal, Jason P. Sheehan.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive review of stereotactic radiosurgery (SRS) and stereotactic body radiation therapy (SBRT): its physics, clinical evidence, indications, and future directions. The utilization of stereotactic radiosurgery (SRS) and stereotactic body radiation therapy (SBRT) is increasing internationally because of several factors. First, it offers patients a local treatment option that has demonstrated effectiveness similar to traditional surgery without the morbidity of general anesthesia and open surgical resection. Second, recent advancements in the quality of scientific evidence supporting a SRS or SBRT-containing approach in patients continues to evolve and demonstrate favorable disease-specific outcomes with little, if any, toxicity in various anatomic disease sites and for various conditions including cancer, benign tumors, and other psychiatric and neurologic conditions. Third, and most provocatively, is the notion that definitive local therapy (i.e. SRS or SBRT) in patients with cancer can boost the immune system to fight cancer in other sites throughout the body. While traditional medical knowledge would suggest that all patients with metastatic cancer are incurable, there is a mounting body of evidence that there is a subset of these patients that can be cured with definitive SRS or SBRT. This volume thus delves into each of these benefits and aspects of treatment, guiding physicians to the best treatment plan for their patients. Expert, international authors provide guidelines for SRS and SBRT use by clinicians. Chapters are divided into six main sections: Radiobiology of Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy, Intracranial Radiosurgery Technique, Intracranial Radiosurgery by Indication, Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy Technique, Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy by Indication, The Future of Radiosurgery and SBRT. Overall physics are explained, as well as specific considerations for particular surgical tools (including the L eksell Gamma Knife and Accuray CyberKnife), techniques (including fractionated and charged particle radiosurgery), and anatomic sites (including brain metastases, pituitary tumors, and the prostate). Detailed images and charts enhance the chapters. This book provides physicians with a single, practical resource incorporating both of these broad categories of treatment, SRS and SBRT, and better defines the current role and the direction of radiosurgery.

    Contents:
    Section I: Radiobiology of Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy
    Vascular-Mediated Mechanisms
    Immune-Mediated Mechanisms
    Rationale for Fractionated and Single Session Approaches
    Section II: Intracranial Radiosurgery Technique
    Physics of Radiosurgery
    Leksell Gamma Knife Radiosurgery
    Accuray CyberKnife Robotic Radiosurgery
    Linear Accelerator-Based Radiosurgery
    Fractionated Radiosurgery
    Charged Particle Radiosurgery
    Section III: Intracranial Radiosurgery by Indication
    Brain Metastases
    Pituitary Tumors
    Meningioma
    Vascular Malformations
    Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Movement Disorders and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder
    Glial Tumors
    Pediatric Tumors
    Section IV: Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy Technique
    Physics of SBRT
    Immobilization
    Motion Management
    Charged Particle SBRT
    Section V: Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy by Indication
    Primary Lung Cancers
    Lung Metastes
    Spinal Tumors
    Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Prostate Cancer
    Head and Neck Cancer
    Section VI: The Future of Radiosurgery and SBRT
    Patient Selection
    SRS and SBRT Complications and Management
    SRS AND SBRT Integration with Supportive Care
    Targeted Agents and Immunotherapy
    Diagnostic Imaging Advances
    Comparative Effectiveness.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    by the Healthcare Sterile Processing Association.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD71.H435 S747 2023
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Stacey E. Mills, MD, W.S. ; associate editors, Joel K. Greenson, MD, Jason L. Hornick, MD, PhD, Teri A. Longacre, MD, Victor E. Reuter, MD.
    Summary: "Sternberg's Diagnostic Surgical Pathology is the flagship book on LWW's pathology list. This classic 2-volume reference presents advanced diagnostic techniques and the latest information on all currently known diseases. The book emphasizes the practical differential diagnosis of the surgical specimen while keeping to a minimum discussion of the natural history of the disease, treatment and autopsy findings. Contributors are asked to provide their expert advice on the diagnostic evaluation of every type of specimen from every anatomic site. This approach distinguishes it from its key competition and provides a style of a personal consultation"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Gabriella Castoria, Ferdinando Auricchio.
    Contents:
    Progesterone receptor interaction with chromatin / Guillermo P. Vicent [and others]
    Mapping the genomic binding sites of the activated retinoid X receptor in murine bone marrow-derived macrophages using chromatin immunoprecipitation sequencing / Bence Daniel, Balint L. Balint, Zsuzsanna S. Nagy, and Laszlo Nagy
    Analysis of chromatin-nuclear receptor interactions by laser-chromatin immunoprecipitation / Rosaria Benedetti [and others]
    Examining estrogen regulation of cancer stem cells through multicolor lineage tracing / Yongshu Zhang, Gabriel Eades, and Qun Zhou
    Reporter mice for the study of long-term effects of drugs and toxic compounds / Nicoletta Rizzi [and others]
    Analysis of histone posttranslational modifications in the control of chromatin plasticity observed at estrogen-responsive sites in human breast cancer cells / Annalisa Di Santi [and others]
    In silico analysis of genomic data for construction of nuclear receptor network / Yun-Young Park and Ju-Seog Lee
    Cofactor profiling of the glucocorticoid receptor from a cellular environment / Sofie J. Desme [and others]
    Paxillin and steroid signaling : from frog to human / Stephen R. Hammes, Susanne U. Miedlich, and Aritro Sen
    Analysis of the androgen receptor/filamin a complex in stromal cells / Pia Giovannelli [and others]
    Multi-well plate immunoassays for measuring signaling protein activations/deactivations and membrane vs. intracellular receptor levels / Cheryl S. Watson [and others]
    Proximity ligation assay to detect and localize the interactions of ER-alpha with PI3-K and Src in breast cancer cells and tumor samples / Coralie Poulard [and others]
    Phosphoinositide 3-kinase assay in breast cancer cell extracts / Antonio Bilancio and Antimo Migliaccio
    Rapid estrogen effects on aromatase phosphorylation in breast cancer cells / Stefania Catalano, Ines Barone, and Sebastiano Andò
    Mouse monoclonal antibodies against estrogen receptor / Caterina De Rosa, Valentina Rossi, and Ciro Abbondanza
    Analysis of estrogen receptor-beta interacting proteins using pull-down assay and MALDI-MS methods / Mahendra Kumar Thakur and Vijay Paramanik
    Analysis of the conformation of the androgen receptor in spinal bulbar muscular atrophy by atomic force microscopy / Tobias Jochum and Andrew C.B. Cato
    Imaging of corticosteroid receptors in live cells / Mayumi Nishi
    Physiological techniques in the study of rapid aldosterone effects / Yamil R. Yusef, Warren Thomas, and Brian J. Harvey
    Detection of the glucocorticoid receptors in brain protein extracts by SDS-PAGE / Fernanda Marques [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    James S. Lowe, Peter G. Anderson.
    Contents:
    Histology
    The cell
    Epithelial cells
    Support cells and the extracellular matrix
    Contractile cells
    Nervous tissue
    Blood cells
    Immune system
    Blood and lymphatic circulatory systems and heart
    Respiratory system
    Alimentary tract
    Liver
    Musculoskeletal system
    Endocrine system
    Urinary system
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Skin and breast
    Special senses.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    James S. Lowe, Peter G. Anderson, Susan I. Anderson.
    Contents:
    Histology
    The cell
    Epithelial cells
    Support cells and the extracellular matrix
    Contractile cells
    Nervous tissue
    Blood cells
    Immune system
    Blood and lymphatic circulatory systems and heart
    Respiratory system
    Alimentary tract
    Liver
    Musculoskeletal system
    Endocrine system
    Urinary system
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Skin and breast
    Special senses
    Self-assessment questions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Ranna Parekh, Ed W. Childs, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Stigma and Persons with Disabilities
    2. Stigma and Persons with Obesity
    3. Religious Minorities and Medicine: The Collision of Health Care and Faith
    4. The Poor and Economically Vulnerable in Public and Safety-Net Healthcare Institutions: Outcomes and Attitudes
    5. Stigma and Prejudice Against Individuals Experiencing Homelessness
    6. VIP Patients: An Unexpectedly Vulnerable Population
    7. Stigma and Persons with Substance Use Disorders
    8. Borderline Personality Disorder: From Stigma to Compassionate Care
    9. Diagnosed with Breast Cancer: Stigmatized or a Member of an Empowered Sisterhood
    10. Stigma and Prejudice in Patients with HIV/AIDS
    11. Commercially Sexually Exploited & Trafficked Minors: Our Hidden and Forgotten Children
    12. Stigma and Veterans
    13. I Pity the Poor Immigrant: Stigma and Immigration
    14. Limited English Proficient (LEP) Patient: The Importance of Working with Trained Medical Interpreters to Promote Equitable Health Care
    15. Improving Workforce Diversity in Minority and Majority Institutions
    16. Leveraging Technology for Health Equity
    17. Research with Diverse and Vulnerable Populations
    18. Building Diversity Initiatives in Academic Medicine
    19. Looking Outward and Inward: The Role of Introspection in Expanding and Consolidating Our Understanding of Diversity
    20. Pharmacology: Cultural and Genetic Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan D. Avery, Joseph J. Avery.
    Summary: This book explores the stigma of addiction and discusses ways to improve negative attitudes for better health outcomes. Written by experts in the field of addiction, the text takes a reader-friendly approach to the essentials of addiction stigma across settings and demographics. The authors reveal the challenges patients face in the spaces that should be the safest, including the home, the workplace, the justice system, and even the clinical community. The text aims to deliver tools to professionals who work with individuals with substance use disorders and lay persons seeking to combat stigma and promote recovery. The Stigma of Addiction is an excellent resource for psychiatrists, addiction medicine specialists, students across specialties, researchers, public health officials, and individuals with substance use disorders and their families.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Self-Stigma and Addiction
    Family, Stigma, and Addiction
    Relationships, Stigma, and Addiction
    The Language of Stigma and Addiction
    Doctors, Stigma, and Addiction
    The Stigma of Addiction Treatments
    Race, Stigma, and Addiction
    The Legal System, Stigma, and Addiction
    The Stigma of Addiction in the Workplace
    The Stigma of Addiction in the Media.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Wolfgang Gaebel, Wulf Rössler, Norman Sartorius, editors.
    Summary: This book makes a highly innovative contribution to overcoming the stigma and discrimination associated with mental illness - still the heaviest burden both for those afflicted and those caring for them. The scene is set by the presentation of different fundamental perspectives on the problem of stigma and discrimination by researchers, consumers, families, and human rights experts. Current knowledge and practice used in reducing stigma are then described, with information on the programmes adopted across the world and their utility, feasibility, and effectiveness. The core of the volume comprises descriptions of new approaches and innovative programmes specifically designed to overcome stigma and discrimination. In the closing part of the book, the editors - all respected experts in the field - summarize some of the most important evidence- and experience-based recommendations for future action to successfully rewrite the long and burdensome 'story' of mental illness stigma and discrimination.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Deborah Rowland.
    Contents:
    . Introduction
    Is change changing?
    Still moving : the inner and outer skills
    It all starts in mindfulness
    The power of the systemic
    Make disturbance your friend
    Holding the fire
    The time for emergence
    A tale of still moving and business transformation
    Still moving and your leadership
    The sense of an ending.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    volume editor, Konstantin V. Slavin.
    Contents:
    Technology for peripheral nerve stimulation / Parker, J.L., Cameron, T.
    Theoretical basis of vagal nerve stimulation / Attenello, F., Amar, A.P., Liu, C., Apuzzo, M.L.J.
    Vagal nerve stimulation : surgical technique and complications / Tronnier, V.M.
    Vagus nerve stimulation for epilepsy : an evidence-based approach / Cukiert, A.
    Vagus nerve stimulation for major depressive episodes / Eljamel, S.
    Phrenic nerve stimulation : technology and clinical applications / Abdunnur, S.V., Kim, D.H.
    Trigeminal ganglion stimulation / Van Buyten, J.-P.
    Carotid sinus/nerve stimulation for treatment of resistant hypertension and heart failure / Yin, D., Slavin, K.V.
    Hypoglossal nerve stimulation for obstructive sleep apnea / Mwenge, G.B., Rombaux, P., Lengele, B., Rodenstein, D.
    Sphenopalatine ganglion stimulation in neurovascular headaches / Schoenen, J.
    Occipital stimulation for migraine : update from recent multicenter trials
    Schwedt, T.J., Green, A.L., Dodick, D.W.
    Peripheral nerve stimulation for back pain / Verrills, P., Russo, M.
    Peripheral nerve stimulation for pain in extremities : an update / Pope, J.E., Carlson, J.D., Rosenberg, W.S., Slavin, K.V., Deer, T.R.
    Peripheral neuromodulation to treat postamputation pain / Soin, A., Fang, Z.-P., Velasco, J.
    Peripheral neurostimulation with a microsize wireless stimulator / Yearwood, T.L., Perryman, L.T.
    Sacral neuromodulation for genitourinary problems / Banakhar, M., Hassouna, M.
    Sacral nerve stimulation in the treatment of bowel disorders / Nordenstam, J., Boller, A.-M., Mellgren, A.
    Stimulation of the dorsal root / Ganglion Liem, L.
    Regulation of peripheral nerve stimulation technology / Birk, D.M., Yin, D., Slavin, K.V.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Theodore M. Freeman, James M. Tracy, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    José Javier G. Quezada-Euán.
    Summary: The stingless bees are the most diverse group of highly social bees and are key species in our planet's tropical and subtropical regions, where they thrive. In Mexico, the management of stingless bees dates back centuries, and they were an essential part of the culture and cosmogony of native peoples like the Maya. In recent decades a vast amount of information has been gathered on stingless bees worldwide. This book summarizes various aspects of the biology and management of stingless bees, with special emphasis on the Mexican species and the traditions behind their cultivation. Much of the information presented here was produced by the author and the team of researchers at the Universidad Autonoma de Yucatán in the course of three decades of working with these insects. Given the breadth of its coverage, the book offers an equally valuable reference guide for academics, students and beekeepers alike.

    Contents:
    Taxonomy and diversity of the stingless bee
    Nesting biology
    Anatomy and physiology
    Sex determination and caste production
    Colony function and communication
    Reproduction
    Services provided by stingless bees
    Managing and preserving stingless bees
    The past, present, and future of meliponiculture in Mexico
    Annex 1: List of abbreviations of the genera of stingless bees used in the book and recognized species for Mexico
    Annex 2: Nectar- and pollen-producing plants in the Yucatan Peninsula
    Annex 3: Record sheet template, nest dimensions, and hive sizes for stingless bees in the Yucatan Peninsula.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Aliya N. Husain, MD, J. Thomas Stocker, MD, Louis P. Dehner, MD; Attending Surgical Pathologist, Lauren V. Ackerman Laboratory of Surgical Pathology, Barnes-Jewish and St. Louis Children's Hospitals at the Washington University Medical Center, St. Louis, Missouri.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Dehner, Louis P.; Husain, Aliya N.
    Summary: "Virtually all aspects of the pathology in children are unique in pathogenesis and histogenesis from the moment of conception to adolescence whose range includes developmental anomalies to dysembryonic neoplasms. Stocker and Dehner’s Pediatric Pathology provides encyclopedic but very usable coverage of this complex subspecialty, detailing all major aspects of the pathologic anatomy of childhood disorders ranging from chromosomal syndromes and infections to forensic pathology. Upholding the standard of excellence established in previous editions, this thoroughly updated Fifth Edition offers the in-depth, richly illustrated guidance you need to confidently evaluate and dependably report your findings"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Roberta L. Hines, Stephanie B. Jones.
    Summary: "A valuable resource for anesthesia providers at all levels of training and practice, Stoelting's Anesthesia and Co-Existing Disease, 8th Edition, provides concise, thorough coverage of pathophysiology of the most common diseases and their medical management relevant to anesthesia. Noted authority Dr. Roberta L. Hines and new editor Dr. Stephanie Jones lead a stellar team of contributing authors who provide clear, detailed guidance on successfully managing or avoiding complications stemming from pre-existing conditions."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Pamela Flood, James P. Rathmell, Richard D. Urman.
    Summary: "Stoelting's Pharmacology and Physiology in Anesthetic Practice provides trainees and practitioners an indepth but concise presentation of those aspects of pharmacology and physiology that are relevant either directly or indirectly to the perioperative anesthetic management of patients. This is a difficult topic but is foundational to the practice of anesthesia and trainees face questions on it in their in-training and qualifying exams"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic principles of physiology and pharmacology. Basic principles of physiology ; Basic principles of pharmacology
    Part II: Neurologic system. Neurophysiology ; Inhaled anesthetics ; Intravenous sedatives and hypnotics ; Pain physiology ; Opioid agonists and antagonists ; Centrally acting nonpioid analgesics ; Peripheraly acting analgesics ; Local anesthetics ; Neuromuscular-blocking drugs and reversal agents ; Neurologically active drugs ; Circulatory physiology ; Cardiac physiology ; Renal physiology ; Intravenous fluids and electrolytes ; Sympathomimetic drugs ; Sympatholytics ; Vasodilators ; Antiarrhythmic drugs ; Diuretics ; Lipid-lowering drugs
    Part IV: Pulmonary system. Gas exchange ; Respiratory pharmacology ; Acid-base disorders
    Part V: Blood and hemostasis. Physiology of blood and hemostasis ; Blood products and blood components ; Procoagulants ; Anticoagulants ; Physiology and management of massive transfusion
    Part VI: Gastrointestinal system and metabolism. Gastrointestinal physiology. Metabolism ; Antiemetics ; Antacids and gastrointestinal motility drugs ; Nutrition
    Part VII: Endocrine system. Normal endocrine function ; Drugs that alter glucose regulation ; Drugs for the treatment of hypothyroidism and hyperthyroidism ; Other endocrine drugs
    Part VIII: Miscellaneous. Antimicrobials, antiseptics, disinfectants, and management of perioperative infection ; Chemotherapeutic drugs ; Psychopharmacologic drugs
    Part IX: Special populations. Physiology of the newborn ; Maternal and fetal physiology and pharmacology ; Physiology and pharmacology of the elderly ; Physiology and pharmacology of resuscitation.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Pamela Flood, James P. Rathmell, Steven Shafer.
    Contents:
    PART I: Basic principles of physiology and pharmacology
    Basic principles of physiology / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
    Basic principles of pharmacology / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
    PART II: Neurologic system
    Neurophysiology / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
    Inhaled anesthetics / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
    Intravenous sedatives and hypnotics / James P. Rathmell, Carl E. Rosow
    Pain physiology / Hui Yang, Bihua Bie, Mohamed A. Naguib
    Opioid agonists and antagonists / Kenneth Cumming III, Mohamed A. Naguib
    Centrally acting nonopioid analgesics / Hesham Elsharkawy, Mohamed A. Naguib
    Peripherally acting analgesics / Hesham Elsharkawy, Mohamed A. Naguib
    Local anesthetics / Kamal Maheshwari, Mohamed A. Naguib
    Neuromuscular physiology / Mohamed A. Naguib
    Neuromuscular blocking drugs and reversal agents / Mohamed A. Naguib
    Antiepileptic and other neurologically active drugs / Pamela Flood, Mark Burbridge
    PART III: Circulatory system
    Circulatory physiology / James Ramsay, Barrett Larson
    Cardiac physiology / Sumeet Goswami, Bessie Kachulis, Teresa A. Mulaikal, Jack S. Shanewise
    Renal physiology / Jonathan Hastie, Jack S. Shanewise
    Intravenous fluids and electrolytes / Jessica Spellman, Jack S. Shanewise
    Sympathomimetic drugs / Sansan S. Lo, Jack S. Shanewise
    Sympatholytics / Steven Miller
    Vasodilators / James Ramsay, Carter Peatross
    Antiarrhythmic drugs / James Ramsay, Nicholas Anast
    Diuretics / Maya Jalbout Hastie, Jack S. Shanewise
    Lipid-lowering drugs / Sarah C. Smith, Jack S. Shanewise
    PART IV: Pulmonary system
    Gas exchange / Peter Slinger
    Respiratory pharmacology / Peter Slinger
    Acid-base disorders / Peter Slinger
    PART V: Blood and hemostasis
    Physiology of blood and hemostasis / Jerrold H. Levy
    Blood products and blood components / Jerrold H. Levy
    Procoagulants / Jerrold H. Levy
    Anticoagulants / Jerrold H. Levy
    Physiology and management of massive transfusion / Jerrold H. Levy
    PART VI: Gastrointestinal system and metabolism
    Gastrointestinal physiology / Michael J. Murray
    Metabolism / Michael J. Murray
    Antiemetics / Michael J. Murray, David A. Grossblatt
    Gastrointestinal motility drugs / Michael J. Murray, Jillian A. Maloney
    Nutrition / Michael J. Murray
    PART VII: Endocrine system
    Normal endocrine function / Vivek K. Moitra
    Drugs that alter glucose regulation / Vivek K. Moitra
    Drugs for the treatment of hypothyroidism and hyperthyroidism / Vivek K. Moitra
    Other endocrine drugs / Vivek K. Moitra
    PART VIII: Miscellaneous
    Antimicrobials, antiseptics, disinfectants, and management of perioperative infection / Pamela Flood
    Chemotherapeutic drugs / James P. Rathmell, Mihir M. Kamdar
    Drugs used for psychopharmacologic therapy / Joseph Kwok, Pamela Flood
    PART IX: Special populations
    Physiology of the newborn / Pamela Flood
    Maternal and fetal physiology and pharmacology / Pamela Flood
    Physiology and pharmacology of the elderly / Pamela Flood
    Physiology and pharmacology of resuscitation / Michael J. Murray.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD81 .S87 2015
    1
  • Print
    David W. Stoller, MD, FACR, National Director, Orthopaedic and Musculoskeletal Imaging, RadNet, Medical Director, Orthopaedic and Musculoskeletal Imaging, Beverly Radiology, Northern California, San Francisco, California, Affiliate Member, American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD557.5 .S765 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Klaus Groschner, Wolfgang F. Graier, Christoph Romanin, editors.
    Summary: "This second edition of the book on Store-operated Ca2+ Entry Pathways has been updated with the newest discoveries that emerged in the field within the last five years. The crystal structure of the Ca2+ signaling core complex is described which adds to a new understanding of the molecular interactions involved. Each chapter has been revised and extended. The book retains its interdisciplinary approach and supplies biochemists, cell biologists and biophysicists as well as clinicians in immunology, neurology and cardiology with valuable information on Ca2+ signaling mechanisms, functions, dysfunctions and their consequences"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    SOCE: fundamental mechanistic concepts. Introduction / James W. Putney
    The STIM-Orai pathway: STIM-Orai structures: isolated and in complex / Jinhui Zhu, Qingping Feng, Peter B. Stathopulos
    The STIM-Orai pathway: Orai, the pore-forming subunit of the CRAC channel / Aparna Gudlur, Patrick G. Hogan
    The STIM-Orai pathway: the interactions between STIM and Orai / Marc Fahrner, Rainer Schindl, Martin Muik, Isabella Derler, Christoph Romanin
    The STIM-Orai pathway: conformational coupling between STIM and Orai in the activation of store-operated Ca2+ entry / Robert M. Nwokonko, Xiangyu Cai, Natalia A. Loktionova, Youjun Wang, Yandong Zhou [and others]
    The STIM-Orai pathway: regulation of STIM and Orai by thiol modifications / Barbara A. Niemeyer
    The STIM-Orai pathway: light-operated Ca2+ entry through engineered CRAC channels / Guolin Ma, Shufan Wen, Yun Huang, Yubin Zhou
    STIM-TRPpathways and microdomain organization: Ca2+ influx channels: the Orai-STIM1-TRPC complexes / Dora Bodnar, Woo Young Chung, Dongki Yang, Jeong Hee Hong, Archana Jha, Shmuel Muallem
    STIM-TRP pathways and microdomain organization: contribution of TRPC1 in store-operated Ca2+ entry: impact on Ca2+ signaling and cell function / Hwei Ling Ong, Indu S. Ambudkar
    STIM-TRP pathways and microdomain organization: auxiliary proteins of the STIM/Orai complex / Jonathan Pacheco, Luis Vaca
    SOCE: crosstalk between organelle and cellular compartments. introduction / Alexei V. Tepikin
    New aspects of the contribution of ER to SOCE regulation: the role of the ER and ER-plasma membrane junctions in the regulation of SOCE / Hayley Dingsdale, Emmanuel Okeke, Lee Haynes, Gyorgy Lur, Alexei V. Tepikin
    New aspects of the contribution of ER to SOCE regulation: TRPC proteins as a link between plasma membrane ion transport and intracellular Ca2+ stores / Alexis Bavencoffe, Michael Xi Zhu, Jin-bin Tian
    The role of mitochondria in the activation/maintenance of SOCE: store-operated Ca2+ entry and mitochondria / András Spät, Gerg̲ Szanda
    The role of mitochondria in the activation/maintenance of SOCE: membrane contact sites as signaling hubs sustaining store-operated Ca2+ entry / Nicolas Demaurex, Daniele Guido
    The role of mitochondria in the activation/maintenance of SOCE: the contribution of mitochondrial Ca2+ uptake, mitochondrial motility, and location to store-operated Ca2+ entry / Roland Malli, Wolfgang F. Graier
    Tissue specificity: the role of organellar membrane nanojunctions in smooth muscle Ca2+ signaling / Nicola Fameli, A. Mark Evans, Cornelis van Breemen
    Tissue specificity: SOCE: implications for Ca2+ handling in endothelial cells / Lothar A. Blatter
    Tissue specificity: store-operated Ca2+ entry in cardiac myocytes / Martin D. Bootman, Katja Rietdorf
    SOCE: molecular and cellular (patho)physiology. Introduction: overview of the pathophysiological implications of store-operated calcium entry in mammalian cells / Juan A. Rosado
    Immunological disorders: regulation of Ca2+ signaling in T lymphocytes / Sonal Srikanth, Jin Seok Woo, Zuoming Sun, Yousang Gwack
    Cardiovascular and hemostatic disorders: role of STIM and Orai proteins in vascular disorders / Jyoti Tanwar, Mohamed Trebak, Rajender K. Motiani
    Cardiovascular and hemostatic disorders: SOCE and Ca2+ handling in platelet dysfunction / Jose J. Lopez, Gines M. Salido, Juan A. Rosado
    Cardiovascular and hemostatic disorders: SOCE in cardiovascular cells: emerging targets for therapeutic intervention / Klaus Groschner, Niroj Shrestha, Nicola Fameli
    Cardiac remodeling and disease: SOCE and TRPC signaling in cardiac pathology / Petra Eder
    Cardiac remodeling and disease: current understanding of STIM1/Orai1-mediated store-operated Ca2+ entry in cardiac function and pathology / Fiona Bartoli, Jessica Sabourin
    Neurological and motor disorders: neuronal store-operated Ca2+ signaling: an overview and its function / Sunitha Bollimuntha, Biswaranjan Pani, Brij B. Singh
    Neurological and motor disorders: TRPC in the skeletal muscle / Sophie Saüc, Maud Frieden
    Fertility: store-operated Ca2+ entry in germ cells: role in egg activation / Zoltan Machaty, Chunmin Wang, Kiho Lee, Lu Zhang
    Metabolic disorders and cancer: hepatocyte store-operated Ca2+ channels in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease / Eunüs S. Ali, Grigori Y. Rychkov, Greg J. Barritt
    Metabolic disorders and cancer: store-operated Ca2+ entry in cancer: focus on IP3R-mediated Ca2+ release from intracellular stores and its role in migration and invasion / Abigael Ritaine, George Shapovalov, Natalia Prevarskaya.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    James J. O'Connell, M.D.
    Summary: "Dr. O'Connell's collection of stories and essays, written during thirty years of caring for homeless persons in Boston, gently illuminates the humanity and raw courage of those who struggle to survive and find meaning and hope while living on the streets."
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV4506.B6 O26 2015
    1
  • Print
    von Dr. Wilhelm Stekel.
    Contents:
    1. Nervöse Angstzustände und ihre Behandlung
    2. Onanie und Homosexualität. 2., verb. und verm. Aufl.
    3. Die Geschlechtskälte der Frau
    4. Die Impotenz des Mannes
    5. Psychosexualler Infantilismus
    6. Impulshandlungen
    7. Der Fetischismus
    8. Sadismus und Masochismus.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L341 .S82
    9
  • Digital/Print
    Hope Jahren.
    Summary: The author uses several the key inventions--from electric power to large-scale farming and automobiles--to illustrate that the science improves human life, but also releases untenable amounts of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. The author explains the current and projected consequences of greenhouse gases--from superstorms to rising sea levels--and shares the science-based tools that could help us fight back.

    Contents:
    Part one. Life
    Our story begins
    Who we are
    How we are
    Where we are
    Part two. Food
    Growing grain
    Raising meat
    Finding fish
    Making sugar
    Throwing it all away
    Part three. Energy
    Keeping the lights on
    Moving around
    The plants we burn
    The wheels we turn
    Part four. Earth
    Altered air
    Warming weather
    Melting ice
    Rising waters
    The big good-bye
    Another page
    Appendix: The story of less
    The action you take
    The difference you make
    An environmental catechism
    Sources and suggested reading.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    QC903 .J37 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Irene H. Ludwig.
    Summary: "Strabismus correction is the third most common ophthalmic surgery in the US, with 1.2 million procedures performed each year. Strabismus Surgery : Innovative and Classic Approaches by renowned pediatric ophthalmologist Irene H. Ludwig provides comprehensive coverage of strabismus treatment - featuring state-of-the-art techniques based on recent anatomical research and discoveries. Throughout the text and accompanying videos, an impressive group of contributors share clinical pearls and firsthand knowledge"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Strabismus Surgery: Innovative and Classic Approaches
    MedOne Access Information
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Contents
    Videos
    Foreword
    Preface
    Dedication and Acknowledgments
    My Search for Relief from Double Vision
    Editor's Discussion of Mr. Watson's Essay
    Contributors
    Part I Introduction
    1 The History of Strabismus Surgery
    Part II Strabismus Diagnosis and Surgical Planning
    Section 1 General Preoperative Evaluation
    Introduction: Surgical Planning-Gathering Data
    2 The History and Examination in Strabismus
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Sebastien Gagneux, editor.
    Contents:
    1. The nature and evolution of genomic diversity in the Mycobacterium tuberclosis complex
    2. The biology and epidemiology of Mycobacterium canettii
    3. The evoluation of strain typing in the Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex
    4. Genomic epidemiology of tuberculosis
    5. Biological and epidemiological consequences of MTBC diversity
    6. The biology and epidemiology of Mycobacterium africanum
    7. Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex members adapted to wild and domestic animals
    8. Evolution and strain variation in BCG
    9. Antigenic variation and immune escape in the MTBC
    10. PE and PPE genes: a tale of conservation and diversity
    11. Epidemiology of drug-resistant tuberculosis
    12. Evolution of phenotypic and molecular drug susceptibility testing
    13. DNA replication fidelity in the Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex
    14. Strain diversity and the evolution of antibiotic resistance
    15. Mathematical models for the epidemiology and evolution of Mycobacterium tuberculosis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, R. Eugene Zierler, MD, Professor of Surgery, University of Washington School of Medicine, Medical Director, D.E. Strandness Jr Vascular Laboratory, University of Washington Medical Center and Harborview Medical Center, Seattle, Washington, David L. Dawson, MD, Professor, Department of Surgery, University of California, Davis, UC Davis Medical Center, Sacramento, California.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    senior editors, Robert Schafermeyer, Milton Tenenbein ; editors, Charles G. Macias, Ghazala Q. Sharieff, Loren G. Yamamoto.
  • Digital
    senior editor, Milton Tenenbein ; editors, Charles G. Macias, Ghazala Q. Sharieff, Loren G. Yamamoto ; editor emeritus, Robert Schafermeyer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPediatrics
    AccessEmergency Medicine
  • Digital
    Seung-Suk Seo, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge on all aspects of osteoarthritis of the knee. Beyond offering a thorough evidence-based review of the available treatment options, it provides helpful information on such fundamental aspects as anatomy, biomechanics, biochemistry, etiology, pathogenesis, and radiologic assessment. The treatment-oriented chapters cover non-pharmacologic treatment, drug treatment, intra-articular drug and/or cell-based injection therapy, arthroscopic treatment, osteotomy, and joint replacement surgery. The goal is to equip the reader with a sound understanding of both the condition itself and the appropriate treatment strategy in different situations. The importance of taking into account factors such as the degree of arthritis, patient activity, lifestyle, and pain when formulating that strategy is emphasized. The fact that the book extends well beyond the description of surgical treatments means that it will be an excellent source of information and guidance for general clinicians as well as for those who specialize in the management of musculoskeletal disorders.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Biomechanics
    Structure, function and healing response of articular cartilage and meniscus
    Etiology and risk factors
    Knee osteoarthritis and sports
    Epidemilogy and Pathogenesis
    Radiographic Findings of the Knee Osteoarthritis
    Diagnosis and differential diagnosis
    Non-pharmacologic Management
    Pharmacologic Treatment
    Intra-articular Injection Therapy and Biologic Treatment
    Arthroscopic treatment
    Osteotomy around knee
    Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
    Total knee arthroplasty
    How to Make a Strategy for Knee Arthritis Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Giorgio Capogna, Pier Luigi Ingrassia, Emanuele Capogna, Michela Bernardini, Elisa Valteroni, Giada Pietrabissa, Giorgio Nardone.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth and complete guide explaining how to incorporate the strategic dialogue and strategic communication methods into the debriefing after the scenario, characteristics that make it unique. After examining all the aspects that allow a correct use of the simulation, such as knowledge of models, logical schemes, use of the different simulators, planning of the didactic activities and of learning process, this practical book aims to explore the advanced technique of the strategic debriefing. It encourages not only those who are approaching this new debriefing tool but also it provides a useful update to all those who are already more familiar with the standard debriefing after simulation technique.The strategic language, an effective tool in strategic psychotherapy and business problem solving, is ideal and complementary to the standard debriefing methods, making them more performing and functional because, next to common logic, it makes use of non-ordinary logical language. The book is intended for healthcare simulation debriefers and instructors, for hospitals managers, university teachers and to all the physicians who are increasingly showing interest in active teaching processes with simulation.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: What You Need to Know Before You Start
    1.1 Error in Medicine: From Fault to Resource
    1.1.1 Error Classification
    1.1.2 Working with Error in Simulation for Patient Safety
    1.1.3 The Human Factor: Training Non-technical Skills with CRM
    1.2 Adult Learning in Simulation
    1.2.1 Experiential Learning: The Kolb Cycle
    1.2.2 Learning from the Experience of the Other: Mirror Neurons
    1.2.3 Protected Learning and Psychological Safety
    1.3 Training Methods: From Frontal Lesson to Simulation
    1.4 Elements and Characteristics of Communication 3: Effective Communication for Strategic Change
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Knowing to See by Learning How to Act: Theory Informing the Brief Strategic Approach
    3.3 The Structure of the Strategic Dialogue
    3.3.1 Use of the Strategic Questioning
    3.3.2 Reframing and Paraphrases
    3.3.3 Evoking Sensation
    3.3.4 Summarize to Redefine
    3.4 Prescription as an Outcome
    3.5 Conclusion
    References
    4: Strategic Debriefing: A Corrective Emotional Experience
    4.1 Emotions and Simulation
    4.2 How to Help Learners Deal with the Emotions Felt During the Scenario 4.3 Descriptive Phase
    4.4 Analytical Phase
    4.5 Application Phase
    4.6 General Considerations
    4.7 Psychotraps and Their Use in Simulation
    4.7.1 The Deception of Expectations
    4.7.2 The Illusion of Ultimate Knowledge
    4.7.3 The Myth of Perfect Reasoning
    4.7.4 I Felt It, Then Is
    4.7.5 Consistency at All Costs
    4.7.6 Overestimate/Underestimate
    References
    5: Strategic Debriefing in Practice
    5.1 Briefing Before the Scenario
    5.2 What to Do During the Scenario
    5.3 Reaction and De-roling Phase
    5.3.1 In Basic Debriefing 5.3.2 In Strategic Debriefing
    5.4 How to Start Debriefing: The Introduction to the Method
    5.5 Descriptive Phase
    5.5.1 In Basic Debriefing
    5.5.2 In Strategic Debriefing
    5.6 The Analytical Phase
    5.6.1 In Basic Debriefing
    5.6.2 In Strategic Debriefing
    5.7 The Application Phase
    5.7.1 In Basic Debriefing
    5.7.2 In Strategic Debriefing
    5.8 The Difficult Debriefing
    5.9 How to Evaluate the Debriefing
    References
    Appendixes
    Appendix A: Debriefing with Regular Staff
    Debriefing
    Introduction
    Descriptive Phase
    Analytic Phase
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Stephen L. Walston.
    Summary: "Developing and implementing strategy is one of the most challenging tasks for healthcare leaders, as it requires a wide range of skills and knowledge. Strategic Healthcare Management: Planning and Execution provides a thorough overview of strategic principles and the competencies needed to apply them, such as communication, decision making, goal setting, data analyses, project management, and financial analysis. The book emphasizes both competitive and collaborative strategies to help healthcare leaders further their organization's mission rather than merely outperform competitors. The third edition includes 10 brand-new cases and expanded content, including new chapters on: The growing trend of healthcare data analytics, with emphasis on data-driven strategic analysis. Project management principles to support strategy implementation, with an exploration of tools and techniques such as Gantt charts. The fundamental concepts and theories of strategy, as well as the actual execution and assessment of strategic plans, are all covered in this book. Readers will gain the theoretical foundation and hands-on experience they need to comprehend, apply, and assess strategies."--Vitalsource.com viewed June 14, 2023

    Contents:
    Strategy and Strategic Management
    Understanding Market Structure and Strategy
    Business Models and Common Strategies
    Growth and Integration Strategies
    Strategic Alliances
    Stakeholders, Values, Mission, and Vision
    External Environment and Strategy
    Internal Environment and Strategy
    Healthcare Analytics and Strategic Management
    Strategic Financial Analysis
    Development and Execution of a Strategic Plan
    Business Plans and Strategic Management
    Organizational Structure and Strategy
    Strategic Change Management
    Strategic Leadership
    Implementing, Monitoring, and Evaluating Strategy
    Project Planning and Management.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2023
  • Digital
    Madrean Schober.
    Summary: This eagerly anticipated book equips readers to understand the dynamics of policy processes, relevant decision-making and the significance of key decision-makers. It also emphasizes the usefulness of negotiation and diplomacy skills in order to support the development of an advanced nursing practice (ANP) initiative that involves the identification of pivotal issues to ensure that nurses unlock their full potential. Topics include a definition of strategic planning, essential factors to bear in mind, and frameworks to use in the context of formulating effective policies. By addressing outcome indicators and research, this volume offers a comprehensive approach to coordinated planning, and will appeal to advanced practice nurses, healthcare planners and policymakers, as well as administrators at hospitals and healthcare institutions.

    Contents:
    Strategic planning for advanced nursing practice
    Theories of social and healthcare policy
    Evidence-based policy decisions
    Politics : the art of diplomacy and negotiation
    Effective change : a strategic approach
    Policy analysis
    Rational policy decision-making : idealism versus realism.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pieter H. Joubert, Silvia M. Rogers.
    Summary: A document may be based on accurate medical and scientific information, follow guidelines precisely, and be well written in clear and correct language, but may still fail to achieve its objectives. The strategic approach described in this book will help you to turn good medical and scientific writing into successful writing. It describes clearly and concisely how to identify the target audience and the desired outcome, and how to construct key messages for a wide spectrum of documents. Irrespective of your level of expertise and your seniority in the pharmaceutical, regulatory, or academic environment, this book is an essential addition to your supporting library. The authors share with you many years of combined experience in the pharmaceutical and academic environment and in the writing of successful outcome-driven documents.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Written Communication in Drug Development
    Written Communication in Academic Settings
    Language Pitfalls: Native English Speakers
    Language Pitfalls: Non-Native English Speakers
    Scientific Misconduct
    Key Statistical Concepts
    Tables and Graphs
    International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) and Other Guidelines
    The Investigators' Brochure
    Initiating Clinical Programs (IND & IMPD)
    The CTD: Overviews and Summary Documents
    Study Protocols and Reports
    Scientific Papers
    Publication Strategy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    A.L. Hamdan.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: Strategic directions and views
    Chapter 3: Porter's strategies in healthcare
    Chapter 4: Sources of competitive advantage
    Chapter 5: Innovation in hospital settings
    Chapter 6: Strategic framework in hospital settings
    Chapter 7: Eight strategic tools implemented
    Chapter 8: Application of Porter's strategies in Lebanese hospitals
    Chapter 9: Correlation between type of strategy and performance
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Charles C. Okigbo, editor.
    Summary: Strategic Urban Health Communication Charles C. Okigbo, editor People are bombarded with messages continuously and sorting through them constantly. In this milieu, critical ideas about health promotion and illness prevention are forced to compete with distracting, conflicting, even contradictory information. To get vital messages through, communication must be effective, targeted, artful-in a word, strategic. Strategic Urban Health Communication provides a road map for understanding strategy, enhancing strategic planning skills, and implementing strategic communication campaigns. Deftly written chapters link the art and science of strategic planning to world health goals such as reducing health inequities and eradicating diseases. Flexibility is at the heart of these cases, which span developed and developing countries, uses of traditional and digital media, and chronic and acute health challenges. And the contributors ground their dispatches in the larger context of health promotion, giving readers useful examples of thinking globally while working locally. Included in the coverage: Urbanization, population, and health myths: addressing common misconceptions. Integrating HIV/family planning programs: opportunities for strategic communication. The role of sports in strategic health promotion in low-income areas. The Internet as a sex education tool: a case study from Thailand. Advertising and childhood obesity in China. Health communication strategies for sustainable development in a globalized world. Balancing depth of understanding of audiences and methods of reaching them, Strategic Urban Health Communication is a forward-looking resource geared toward professionals and researchers in urban health, global health, and health communication.

    Contents:
    Strategy: What It Is
    Strategic Communication Campaigns.
    Urbanization, Population, and Health Myths: Addressing Common Misconceptions with Strategic Health Communication
    'Soaps' for Social and Behavioral Change
    Strategic Health Communication in Urban Settings: A Template for Training Modules
    Risk, Crisis, and Emergency Communication in Developing Countries: Identifying the Needs of Urban Populations
    Strategic Health Communication for Cancer Prevention
    Strategic Health Communication: Making a Difference in Reproductive Health
    Integrating HIV/FP Programs: Opportunities for Strategic Communication
    Communicating for Action: Tackling Health Inequity in Urban Areas
    Beyond Thinking and Planning Strategically to Improve Urban Residents' Health
    Health Communication Strategies for Sustainable Development in a Globalized World Urbanization and Strategic Health Communication in India
    Urban Health Communication Strategy of Pro-poor Growth for Sustained Improvement in Health in South Asia
    The Role of Sports in Strategic Health Promotion in an Urban Slum Setting
    The Internet as a Sex Education Tool: A Case Study of an Online Thai Discussion Board
    Advertising and Childhood Obesity in China.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Gerard Schmets, Dheepa Rajan, Sowmya Kadandale.
    Summary: "This handbook is designed as a resource for providing up-to-date and practical guidance on national health planning and strategizing for health. It establishes a set of best practices to support strategic plans for health and represents the wealth of experience accumulated by WHO on national health policies, strategies and plans (NHPSPs)" -- publisher's website.
    Digital Access WHO 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA394.9 .S773 2016
    1
  • Print
    chief editors, Robert W. Strauss, Thom A. Mayer ; senior associate editor, Kirk Jensen.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA975.5.E5 S77 2021
    2
  • Digital
    chief editors, Robert W. Strauss, Thom A. Mayer ; associate editors, Kirk Jensen, Barbara Weintraub ; assistant editors, Jay Kaplan, Richard Salluzzo ; section editors, Ronald A. Hellerstern [and 17 others].
  • Digital
    J. David Allan, Maria M. Castillo, Krista Capps.
    Summary: Stream Ecology: Structure and Function of Running Waters is designed to serve as a textbook for advanced undergraduate and graduate students, and as a reference source for specialists in stream ecology and related fields. This Third Edition is thoroughly updated and expanded to incorporate significant advances in our understanding of environmental factors, biological interactions, and ecosystem processes, and how these vary with hydrological, geomorphological, and landscape setting. The broad diversity of running waters from torrential mountain brooks, to large, lowland rivers, to great river systems whose basins occupy sub-continents makes river ecosystems appear overwhelming complex. A central theme of this book is that although the settings are often unique, the processes at work in running waters are general and increasingly well understood. Even as our scientific understanding of stream ecosystems rapidly advances, the pressures arising from diverse human activities continue to threaten the health of rivers worldwide. This book presents vital new findings concerning human impacts, and the advances in pollution control, flow management, restoration, and conservation planning that point to practical solutions. Reviews of the first edition: ".. an unusually lucid and judicious reassessment of the state of stream ecology" Science Magazine "..provides an excellent introduction to the area for advanced undergraduates and graduate students" Limnology & Oceanography " a valuable reference for all those interested in the ecology of running waters." .

    Contents:
    Dedication
    Preface to the Third Edition
    Acknowledgements
    Preface to the Second Edition
    1. Rivers in the Anthropocene
    2. Streamflow
    3. Fluvial Geomorphology
    4. Stream Chemistry
    5. The Abiotic Environment
    6. Primary Producers
    7. Detrital Energy and the Decompposition of Organic Matter
    8. Stream Microbial Ecology
    9. Trophic Relationships
    10. Species Interactions
    11. Lotic Communities
    12.Energy Flow and Nutrient Cycling in Aquatic Communities
    13. Nutrient Dynamics
    14. Carbon Dynamics and Stream Ecosystem Metabolism
    15. How We Manage Rivers, And Why.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Maxwell Bennett, Jim Lagopoulos.
    Summary: This book provides detailed insights into the cellular and molecular alterations that occur in the brain following stress and trauma. The changes to the grey matter in certain areas of the brain are similar in stressed humans and animals, with the most likely basis for these changes being the degeneration of synaptic connections. In the book?s initial sections, the reader will learn about the core network of synaptic connections that are affected by stress and trauma disorders. These connections are chiefly modulated by dopamine, serotonin and Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor (BDNF). In subsequent chapters, the NMDA-receptor-mediated plasticity of these synapses is discussed, with particular attention paid to how glucocorticoids can interfere with the function of BDNF and thereby affect the synapse?s physical stability. The book concludes by integrating the observations made in the previous sections so as to present plausible hypotheses regarding the identity of the networks, synapses and molecular pathways that promote fear and extinction. Providing an up-to-date overview of the mechanisms of synaptic plasticity and physiological changes in the stressed and traumatized brain, this book will appeal to researchers, clinicians and students in the neurosciences.

    Contents:
    Grey matter changes in the brain following stress and trauma
    Synaptic changes responsible for grey matter changes in the brain of animal models following stress
    Identification of the core neural network subserving PTSD in animal models and their modulation
    Modulation of the core neural network in stress: the role of Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor & LTP
    Modulation of the core neural network in stress: the role of Endocannabinoids & LTD
    Functioning of the core neural network in fear and extinction
    Modulation of the core synaptic network in extinction: the role of Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor
    Appendix 1: F-actin determination of dendritic spine integrity
    Appendix 2: Regulation of NMDA receptors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Donald M. Broom, Ken G. Johnson.
    Contents:
    Intro; Animal Welfare Series Preface; Preface to Second Edition; Acknowledgements; Contents;
    Chapter 1: One Welfare, One Health, One Stress: Humans and Other Animals; 1.1 The Terms Animal, Welfare, Health and Stress; 1.2 Animal Welfare and Social Change; 1.3 The Debate About Animal Usage; 1.4 Genetics, Epigenetics and What the Environment Can Change; 1.5 The Challenge Ahead; References;
    Chapter 2: Adaptation, Regulation, Sentience and Brain Control; 2.1 Adaptation; 2.2 Homeostatic Control; 2.3 Sentience and the Role of the Brain in Coping; 2.4 Habituation and Sensitisation 2.10 Other Feelings and Emotions: Positive and Negative2.11 Development of Regulatory Systems; 2.11.1 Early Abilities, Preferences and Experiences; 2.11.2 Learning and Memory; 2.11.3 Lifetime and Evolutionary Changes; References;
    Chapter 3: Limits to Adaptation; 3.1 Limitations of Timing and Temporal Aspects of Stimulus Modality; 3.1.1 Changes in Frequency; 3.1.2 Changes in Duration; 3.1.3 The Impact of Novelty; 3.1.4 The Value of Forewarning; 3.2 Limitations of Intensity as an Information Basis for Adaptation; 3.2.1 Changes in Intensity; 3.2.2 Hazard Avoidance and Lethal Limits 2.5 Motivational State2.6 Outputs from Decision Centres; 2.6.1 Neural and Muscular Outputs; 2.6.2 Hormonal and Neurohormonal Outputs; 2.7 Control Systems and Needs; 2.7.1 Simple Models of Control; 2.7.2 Motivational State as the Determinant of Action; 2.7.3 Other Concepts that Have Been Used to Explain Motivation; 2.7.4 The Concepts of Needs and Freedoms; 2.7.5 Motivational Dilemmas and the `Trade-off ́Concept; 2.8 Types of Control; 2.8.1 Rates of Neural and Hormonal Response; 2.8.2 Feedback and Feedforward Controls; 2.8.3 Predictability of Stimulation; 2.9 Pain 3.3 Variation in Adaptation Has Consequences for Responses to Stimulation3.4 Integrating Time, Intensity and Mode of Stimulation; 3.5 The Concepts of Tolerance and Coping; 3.6 Variations in Patterns of Adaptation; 3.6.1 Differing Rates and Methods of Adaptation; 3.6.2 Hypersensitivity; 3.6.3 Hyposensitivity and Stress-Induced Analgesia; 3.7 Other Factors Affecting Adaptation and Coping; 3.7.1 Lack of Stimulation; 3.7.2 Unpredictable Stimulation; 3.7.3 Frustration of Behavioural Output; 3.8 Effects of Human Selection of Animals on Their Ability to Adapt; References
    Chapter 4: Stress and Welfare: History and Usage of Concepts4.1 Stress; 4.2 Welfare; 4.3 Welfare Assessment; 4.4 Welfare in Relation to Stress; 4.5 Welfare in Relation to Naturalness; 4.6 Welfare and Well-Being; 4.7 Welfare and Quality of Life; 4.8 Welfare and a Life Worth Living; 4.9 Welfare in Other Languages; 4.10 Welfare and Sentience; References;
    Chapter 5: Assessing Welfare: Short-Term Responses; 5.1 Behavioural Measures of Welfare; 5.1.1 Orientation and Startle Responses; 5.1.2 Individual Differences in Behavioural Responses; 5.1.3 Measures for Assessing Pain
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Vsevolod Rozanov.
    Contents:
    Recent tendencies in suicide and mental health among younger generations and current explanations
    Neurobiology of stress
    What is epigenetics? Is it transgenerational?
    Biological embedding
    Interactions and integrations
    Ideas fo prevention
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Francis Hartmann, Gérard Cucchi ; with contribution by Jacques Orofino.
    Summary: Are oral disorders only an issue for dentists? The answer is no. If your patients complain of pain and/or discomfort, if some are diagnosed as suffering from migraines, fibromyalgia or chronic fatigue, and if classical therapies have remained ineffective, this book could help in your daily practice. When it comes to the complex pathology called Temporo-Mandibular Disorders (TMD) most specialists favour a multidisciplinary approach and treatment of socio-psycho-emotional factors as well as dental, lingual or postural disorders. Yet little is known - from a clinical point of view - about a tricky oral spastic habit called severe teeth clenching. In view of the lack of clinical findings from classical investigations on the subject, it could be considered as the hidden part of an oral parafunctional iceberg. Neuroscience has been able to shed some light on the multiple connections between trigeminal and non-trigeminal nervous centres, which confirms the significant involvement of the stomatognathic system and trigeminal nerves (V) in both oral as well as non-oral major functions such as eating, breathing, speaking, hearing, and standing and also confirms the extensive participation of the paired Vs in the human adaptation process. Too many physicians are still reluctant to admit the pathological responsibilities of the Vs. Therefore their role remains largely underestimated by clinicians. Stress conditions in introverted people cause a parafunctional habit (i.e. severe clenching), which in turn produces trigeminal overstimulation and nociception. Through a process of sensitization this can perturb some non-trigeminal nervous areas, such as the vestibular nuclei and cerebellum (involved in equilibrium). Would you then be willing to accept the possibility that a stressed and introverted patient who clenches hard, durably or frequently may end up suffering from dizziness? If not, this book is not for you. But if you accept the scientific data and clinical facts this book will offer a concrete therapeutic protocol: the Relaxing and Moderating Treatment (RMT), which can greatly help you to familiarize yourself with and neutralize this little known deleterious spastic oral parafunction and its many disconcerting pain-causing and dysfunctional clinical effects. Prepare to be amazed by the results, just as we were!

    Contents:
    Diagnosis. Introduction ; Symptoms ; Objective signs ; Stomatognathic parafunctions
    Pathophysiology ; Introduction ; Characteristics of periodontal proprioception ; The trigeminal nerve pathways and their central projections ; Useful physiological reminders ; Pathophysiological conditions ; The behavioral side of clenching ; Painful outcomes of parafunctional clenching ; Discomfort as the outcome of parafunctional clenching
    Therapeutics. Introduction ; Objectives ; The relaxing and moderating treatment (RMT)
    Medical prospects. Medical prospects
    General synthesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Katlein França, Mohammad Jafferany, editors.
    Summary: Dermatological conditions are intimately related to stress. Stress can affect, reveal or even exacerbate a number of skin disorders, including alopecia, seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, pruritus, herpes, lichen planus, rosacea and urticarial. On the other hand, the skin disease itself could induce a secondary stress for the patient, influencing his or her quality of life. There is increasing evidence that stress influences disease processes and contributes to inflammation through the modulating hypothalamicpituitary- adrenal axis - releasing neuropeptides, neurotrophins, lymphokines and other chemical mediators from nerve endings to dermal cells. This is one of the first books published on this topic, focusing more on the basic science aspects of stress in dermatopathology (oxidants, antioxidants, and oxidative injury in dermatopathology, dermatopharmacology, and dermatotoxicology.) Most Psychodermatology texts adopt a practical approach to identify all types of Psychodermatology disorders, focusing on clinical treatment. This concise title offers a comprehensive and didactic approach to skin diseases caused or exacerbated by stress, as well as covers the immunology, role and effect of stress on skin disease, and quality of life in dermatology. In the current programs of medical residency in dermatology, little is taught about the relationship between stress and skin diseases and this book is an important tool for young dermatologists and psychodermatologists in training. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    edited by Hamilton I. McCubbin & Charles R. Figley.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Coping with normative transitions
    v. 2. Coping with catastrophe.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    HQ734 .S9735 1983
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Alexander Choukèr.
    Summary: This book explains how stress - either psychological or physical - can activate and/or paralyse human innate or adaptive immunity. Adequate immunity is crucial for maintaining health, both on Earth and in space. During space flight, human physiology is specifically challenged by complex environmental stressors, which are most pronounced during lunar or interplanetary missions. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach, the book identifies the impact of these stressors - the space exposome - on immunity as a result of (dys-)functions of specific cells, organs and organ networks. These conditions (e.g. gravitation changes, radiation, isolation/confinement) affect immunity, but at the same time provide insights that may help to prevent, diagnose and address immune-related health alterations. Written by experts from academia, space agencies and industry, the book is a valuable resource for professionals, researchers and students in the field of medicine, biology and technology. The chapters "The Impact of Everyday Stressors on the Immune System and Health", "Stress and Radiation Responsiveness" and "Assessment of Radiosensitivity and Biomonitoring of Exposure to Space adiation" are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Part I Prelude
    1 Space Travel: A Personal View from Above
    2 Prelude: An integrative and up-dated view from the Scientists of the Topical Team "Stress and Immunity"
    Part II "Stress and Immunity"
    Research: A Link Between Space and Earth
    3 What Is Stress?
    4 The special relation of mitochondria, metabolism and stress
    5 The Impact of Everyday Stressors on the Immune- System and Health
    Part III Stress and Immune Allostasis in Space, from Brain to Immune Responses
    6 Neurobiological and Molecular Mechanisms of Stress and Glucocorticoid Effects on Learning and Memory: Implications for Stress Disorders on Earth and in Space
    7 The Autonomic Nervous System
    8 Circadian Rhythm and Stress
    9 Endocannabinoids, "New-Old" Mediators of Stress Homeostasis
    10 Immune System in Space: General Introduction and Observations on Stress-Sensitive Regulations
    11 Innate Immunity Under Conditions of Space Flight
    12 NK Cells Assessments: A Fourty-Year-Old History of Immune Stress Interaction in Space
    13 Adaptive Immunity and Spaceflight
    14 B-cell Immunology in Space
    15 Stress, Hypoxia, and Immune Response
    16 Gravitational Force: Triggered Stress in Cells of the Immune System
    17 Microbial Stress: Spaceflight-induced Alterations in Microbial Virulence and Infectious Disease Risks for the Crew
    18 Stress, Spaceflight, and Latent Herpes Virus Reactivation
    19 Stress and Radiation-Immune-Responsiveness
    Part IV Preventive and Diagnostic Tool and Strategies
    20 Considerations for Development and Application of Health Monitoring Tools in Space
    21 Psychological Monitoring
    22 Technology up-date for monitoring Autonomic Activity
    23 Breath Gas Analysis
    24 Monitoring the Microbial Burden in Manned Space Stations and Analogue environments
    25 Monitoring of Body Core Temperature in Space
    26 Flow Cytometry and cryopreservation Methods to Monitor Immune Dysregulation Associated with Spaceflight
    27 Assessment of Rad iosensitivity and Monitoringof Radiation-Induced Cellular Damage
    28 Hair analyses
    growing evidence
    Part V Therapeutic Strategies
    29 Considerations for Preventive and Therapeutic Strategies
    30 Psychological Countermeasures
    31 Physical Countermeasures to Stress
    32 Nutritional Countermeasures for Spaceflight-Related Stress
    33 The Microbiome perspective: Immune
    gut- axis modulation
    34 Pharmacological Countermeasures to Spaceflight-Induced Alterations of the Immune System
    Part VI Perspectives for Manned Space Exploration
    from Visions to Realities
    35 Platforms for Stress and Immune Research in Preparation of Long-Duration Space Exploration Missions
    36 MARS500 the first preparation of Long-Duration Space Exploration Missions
    lessons learned for space exploration and health on Earth
    37 On the ICE: Isolated, Confined and Extreme Environment
    39 Moon, Mars and Beyond- the exploration roadmap and further visions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Eugenio Picano.
    Summary: The sixth edition is enriched by over 300 figures, 150 tables and a video-companion collecting more than 100 cases also presented in the format of short movies and teaching cartoons.This extensively revised and enlarged edition of this long-seller (first edition 1991) documents the very significant advances made since the fifth (2009) edition and is entirely written by Eugenio Picano, a pioneer in the field sharing his lifetime experience with the help of an international panel of 50 contributors from 22 countries representing some of the best available knowledge and expertise in their respective field. For a long time, the scope and application of stress echo remained focused on coronary artery disease. In the last years, it has exploded in its breadth and variety of applications. From a black-and-white, one-fits-all approach (wall motion by 2D-echo in the patient with known or suspected coronary artery disease) now we have moved on to a omnivorous, next-generation laboratory employing a variety of technologies (from M-Mode to 2D and pulsed, continuous, color and tissue Doppler, to lung ultrasound and real time 3D echo, 2D speckle tracking and myocardial contrast echo) on patients covering the entire spectrum of severity (from elite athletes to patients with end-stage heart failure) and ages (from children with congenital heart disease to the elderly with low-flow, low-gradient aortic stenosis).

    Contents:
    1. Stress echocardiography: a historical perspective
    2. Anatomical and functional targets of stress testing
    3. Symptoms and signs of myocardial ischemia
    4. Rational basis of stress echocardiography
    5. Pathogenetic mechanisms of stress
    6. Echocardiographic signs of ischemia
    7. Segmentation of the left ventricle
    8. Right heart stress echocardiography
    9. Coronary flow reserve
    10. Stress echocardiography: instructions for use.- 11. Exercise echocardiography
    12. Dobutamine stress echocardiography
    13. Dipyridamole stress echocardiography
    14. Adenosine and Regadenoson stress echocardiography.- 15. Pacing stress echocardiography
    16. Ergonovine stress echocardiography.- 17. Hyperventilation, handgrip, cold pressor and squatting stress echocardiography
    18. Grading of ischemic response
    19. Diagnostic results and indications
    20. Myocardial viabili.- 21. Diagnostic flowcharts
    22. Prognosis
    23. New technologies
    24. Contrast stress echocardiography
    25. Diastolic stress echocardiography.- 26. Endothelial function in the stress echo laboratory
    27. Special subsets of angiographically defined patients
    28. Special subsets of electrocardiographically defined patients.- 29. Special subsets of clinically defined patients
    30. Microvascular disease
    31. Hypertension
    32. Diabetes
    33. Stress echocardiography in dilated cardiomyopathy
    34. Stress echocardiography in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    35. Stress echocardiography after cardiac transplantation
    36. Stress Doppler echocardiography in valvular heart disease
    37. Pediatric Stress echocardiography
    38. Stress echocardiography and nuclear imaging
    39. Stress echo vs MSCT
    40. Stress echo vs cardiac magnetic resonance imaging
    41. Appropriateness in the cardiac imaging and stress echo laboratory.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Timothy L. Miller, Christopher C. Kaeding, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Presentation and Diagnosis of Stress Fractures
    Pathophysiology and Epidemiology of Stress Fractures
    General Treatment Concepts for Stress Fractures
    Biomechanics and Gait Analysis for Stress Fractures
    Classification of Stress Fractures
    Imaging of Stress Fractures
    Part II: Management of Stress Fractures
    Stress Fractures of the Lumbar Spine
    Stress Fractures of the Pelvis
    Stress Fractures of the Femur
    Stress Fractures of the Patella
    Stress Fractures of the Tibia
    Stress Fractures of the Fifth Metatarsal
    Stress Fractures of the Ankle
    Stress Fractures of the Calcaneus, Sesamoids and Metatarsals
    Stress Fractures of the Ribs and Shoulder Girdle
    Upper Extremity Stress Fractures
    Insufficiency Fractures.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Timothy L. Miller, Christopher C. Kaeding, editors.
    Summary: Now completely revised and expanded, this second edition not only includes updated chapters detailing treatment of the most common and troublesome sites for stress fractures, but also more recent research regarding risk factors for the development of stress fractures. As in the original edition, general principles of evaluation, healing considerations and management strategies are discussed in three thematic sections. However, unlike the previous text, this edition will focus on a holistic approach to the treatment of these increasingly common injuries with new chapters on nutritional optimization of athletes at risk for stress fractures, systemic treatment strategies for healing including vitamin D supplementation and parathyroid hormone stimulation, and surgical and injectable biologic treatment modalities for enhanced bone healing. This edition will also include guidelines for on-the-field and training room management of stress fractures for team physicians. This revision is timely, given the increasing rate and severity of bony stress injuries encountered in elite and professional athletes related to single-sport specialization and the increased popularity of endurance sports such as cross-fit, obstacle course racing, and ultramarathon competitions. It will be an ideal resource for sports medicine practitioners including orthopedic surgeons, primary care sports medicine specialists, athletic trainers, and physical therapists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: General Evaluation Principles for Stress Fractures
    1: Risk Factors for Developing Stress Fractures
    Introduction
    Intrinsic Risk Factors
    Non-modifiable Intrinsic Risk Factors
    Demographics
    Gender
    Race
    Age
    Previous History of Stress Fracture
    Genetics
    Lower Extremity Alignment
    Modifiable Intrinsic Risk Factors
    Relative Energy Deficiency Syndrome
    Low Energy Availability with or Without Disordered Eating
    Functional Hypothalamic Amenorrhea
    Osteoporosis
    Calcium and/or Vitamin D Deficiency Low Body Weight/BMI
    Biomechanics and Strengthening
    Medication Use
    Contraceptives
    Other Medications
    Substance Abuse
    Tobacco and Alcohol Consumption
    Extrinsic Risk Factors
    Non-modifiable Extrinsic Risk Factors
    Time of Season
    Modifiable Intrinsic Risk Factors
    Training Variables
    Equipment Variables (Footwear and Inserts)
    Type of Sport
    Prediction Algorithms Based on Risk Factors
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Sideline and Training Room Evaluation and Treatment for Suspected Stress Fractures Philosophy Behind the Decision-Making on the Sideline and in the Training Room
    Evaluation
    History
    Physical Examination
    Imaging
    Stress Fractures of the Hip
    History
    Physical Examination
    Imaging
    Return to Play Current Game
    Game Day Treatment
    Training Room Treatment
    Decision Points
    Stress Fractures of the Femur
    History
    Physical Examination
    Imaging
    Return to Play Current Game
    Game Day Treatment
    Training Room Treatment
    Decision Points
    Stress Fractures of the Tibia
    History
    Physical Examination
    Imaging
    Return to Play Current Game Game Day Treatment
    Training Room Treatment of Stress Fractures
    References
    3: Pathophysiology and Epidemiology of Stress Fractures
    Stress Fracture Pathophysiology
    Bone Biology
    Bone Pathophysiology in Stress Fracture
    Host Risk Factors for the Development of Bone Stress Injury
    Bone Mineral Density and Bone Thickness
    Genetics
    Nutritional Factors
    Menstrual Irregularity
    Summary
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Military
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Athletics
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Tennis Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Pediatric/Adolescent Athletes
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Other Sports
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Incidence and Return to Play
    Summary - Epidemiology
    References
    4: Diagnostic Imaging Evaluation of Stress Fractures
    Evolution of Imaging
    Imaging Techniques
    Radiography
    Radionuclide Scintigraphy
    Ultrasound
    Computed Tomography
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Classification of Stress Fractures
    Defining a Stress Fracture
    Features of a Quality Classification System
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Wen-Yan Han, Xin Li, Golam Jalal Ahammed, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the existing knowledge regarding the effect of global climate change on tea plant physiology, biochemistry, and metabolism as well as economic and societal aspects of the tea industry. Specifically, this book synthesizes recent advances in the physiological and molecular mechanisms of the responses of tea plants to various abiotic and biotic stressors including high temperature, low temperature or freezing, drought, low light, UV radiation, elevated CO2, ozone, nutrient deficiency, insect herbivory, and pathogenic agents. This book also discusses challenges and potential management strategies for sustaining tea yield and quality in the face of climate change. Dr. Wen-Yan Han is a Professor and Dr. Xin Li is an Associate Professor at the Tea Research Institute of the Chinese Academy of Agricultural Sciences (TRI, CAAS), Hangzhou, PR China. Dr. Golam Jalal Ahammed is an Associate Professor at the Department of Horticulture, College of Forestry, Henan University of Science and Technology, Luoyang, PR China.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Global Climate Change, Ecological Stress, andTea Production; 1 Introduction; 2 Global Climate Change Trends; 3 Climate Change Effects onAgriculture andTea Physiology; 4 Socioeconomic Implications ofClimate Change inMajor Tea-Producing Areas Globally; 5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Understanding Response ofTea Plants toHeat Stress andtheMechanisms ofAdaptation; 1 Introduction; 2 Identification ofHeat Stress-Related Functional Genes fromTea Plant 2 Cold Acclimation: ANecessary Process toIncrease Low-Temperature Tolerance2.1 Freezing Tolerance Measurements andPhysiological Changes DuringCA; 2.2 Identification andCharacterization ofLow-Temperature-Responsive Genes; 2.3 Major Signals andPathways Involved intheRegulation ofLow-Temperature Tolerance; 3 Bud Dormancy: AnImportant Strategy forSurviving Freezing Cold DuringWinter; 3.1 Physiological or Biochemical Changes inOverwintering Buds; 3.2 Major Mechanisms Involved intheRegulation ofBud Dormancy 3 Identification ofHeat Stress-Related Transcription Factor Genes ofTea Plant4 Reliable Reference Genes forNormalization ofExpression Profiles ofGenes Related Heat Stress inTea Plant; 5 Verification ofHeat Stress-Related Genes ofTea Plant inTransgenic Plants; 6 Transcriptome Analysis ofTea Plant; 7 MiRNA Analysis ofTea Plant; 8 Proteomic, Metabolomic, andGenomic Approaches ofHeat Stress inTea Plant; 9 Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 3: Response andAdaptation Mechanisms ofTea Plant toLow-Temperature Stress; 1 Introduction 3.3 Key Genes andTranscription Factors Involved intheRegulation ofBud Dormancy4 Secondary Metabolic Changes that Are Affected byLow Temperature; 5 Challenges andFuture Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 4: Response ofTea Plants toDrought Stress; 1 Introduction; 2 Morphological Responses; 3 Physiological andBiochemical Responses; 3.1 Water Relations; 3.2 Photosynthesis; 3.3 Photosynthetic Pigments; 3.4 Nutrient Elements; 3.5 Plant Growth Substances; 3.6 Osmotic Adjustment; 3.7 Carbohydrates; 3.8 Oxidative Damage; 3.9 Antioxidants; 4 Molecular Responses; 5 Conclusion; References
    Chapter 5: Molecular andPhysiological Adaptations ofTea Plant inResponse toLow Light andUV Stress1 Codifying theSunlight: "Bright" Information forTea Plant Metabolism; 2 Shade inCamellia sinensis: Is It Beneficial?; 2.1 Ecophysiological Adaptations; 2.2 Anatomical andUltrastructural Changes andColor Variation; 2.3 Biochemical Responses; 3 Ultraviolet-B Radiation inCamellia sinensis: Stressor or Enhancer?; 4 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 6: UV-B Radiation-Induced Changes inTea Metabolites andRelated Gene Expression; 1 Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Marek Skoneczny, editor.
    Summary: This book covers both the molecular basics of fungal stress response strategies as well as biotechnological applications thereof. The complex regulatory mechanisms of stress response pathways are presented in a concise and well-readable manner. Also, light will be shed on the interconnection of pathways responding to different types of stress. Profound knowledge of stress responses in yeast and filamentous fungi is crucial for further optimization of industrial processes. Applications are manifold, for example in fungicide development, for improving the resistance of crop plants to fungal pathogens, but also in medicine to help curing fungal infections.

    Contents:
    Response mechanisms to oxidative stress in yeast and filamentous fungi
    Response mechanisms to chemical and physical stresses in yeast and filamentous fungi
    How do yeast and other fungi recognize and respond to genome perturbations
    The nutrient stress response in yeast
    Response and cytoprotective mechanisms against proteotoxic stress in yeast and fungi
    Importance of stress response mechanisms in filamentous fungi for agriculture and industry
    In the crossroad between drug resistance and virulence in fungal pathogens.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jean-Charles Preiser, editor.
    Summary: This book demonstrates how the latest insights into the physiopathology of the stress response can be integrated into clinical practice. The topic is particularly relevant since the metabolic changes triggered by acute stress, including adaptive responses such as resistance to anabolic signals, have recently been more precisely delineated. The underlying mechanisms of these changes are also now better understood. The authors analyse how these advances could result in better management and more effective prevention of the long-term clinical consequences of the alterations occurring during the acute phase. An international panel of respected experts discusses these topics and describes the management of some common clinical conditions.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Part 1: Metabolic changes
    Successive phases
    Bioenergetics of the stress response
    Hibernation and mitochondrial adaptation
    Resistance to anabolic signals
    Use of lipids as energy substrates
    Use of carbohydrates
    Stress hyperglycemia
    Protein metabolism
    Micronutrients
    Part 2: Hormonal regulation
    Hypothalamic-pituitary axis
    Thyroid
    Adrenal
    Sex hormones
    Enterohormones
    Adipokines
    Part 3: Particular clinical situations
    Severe undernutrition
    Traumatic brain injury
    Sepsis and MOF
    Morbid obesity
    Burn injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Christine M. Oslowski.
    Contents:
    Methods for studying ER stress and UPR markers in human cells / Donna Kennedy, Afshin Samali, and Richard Jäger
    Assays for induction of the unfolded protein response and selective activation of the three major pathways / Ananya Gupta, Danielle E. Read, and Sanjeev Gupta
    Assays to characterize molecular chaperone function in vitro / Martin Haslbeckand Johannes Buchner
    Analysis of the heat shock factor complex in mammalian HSP70 promoter / Mitsuaki Fujimoto ... [et al.]
    Immunofluorescence-based methods to monitor DNA end resection / Bipasha Mukherjee, Nozomi Tomimatsu, and Sandeep Burma
    Visualizing the spatiotemporal dynamics of DNA damage in budding yeast / Chihiro Horigome ... [et al.]
    Detecting reactive oxygen species by immunohistochemistry / Geou-Yarh Liou and Peter Storz
    Investigating inflammasome activation under conditions of cellular stress and injury / Clare C. Cunningham ... [et al.]
    Methods for studying microRNA functions during stress / Yoshinari Ando and Anthony K. L. Leung
    Measuring autophagy in stressed cells / Marina N. Sharifi ... [et al.]
    Detection of apoptosis using fluorescent probes / Grishma Khanal ... [et al.]
    Measuring death of pancreatic beta cells in response to stress and cytotoxic T cells / Jibran A. Wali ... [et al.]
    Adaptation of the secretory pathway in cancer through IRE1 signaling / Stéphanie Lhomond ... [et al.]
    Studying nitrosative stress in Parkinson's disease / Kenny K. K. Chung
    Cross talk between ER stress, oxidative stress, and inflammation in health and disease / Aditya Dandekar, Roberto Mendez, and Kezhong Zhang
    Stress responses during ageing : molecular pathways regulating protein homeostasis / Emmanouil Kyriakakis, Andrea Princz, and Nektarios Tavernarakis
    Targeting stress responses for regenerative medicine / Irina Milisav, Samo Ribarič, and Dušan Šuput.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nikos C. Apostolopoulos.
    Summary: In this manuscript, practitioners and students who are concerned with sports and rehabilitation medicine, kinesiology, as well as coaches and athletes, are introduced to numerous concepts, including mechanotransduction, inflammation, pro- and anti-inflammatory cytokines, calpains, the extracellular matrix, neutrophils and macrophages, and their relevance to stretching, particularly stretching intensity. Although the quantitative parameters of training, duration, and frequency are important, it is the qualitative criterion of intensity ("how much") that the author suggests is ultimately of greater concern. Intensity, the rate and magnitude of force, may be responsible for the proper recovery, regeneration, and adaptation of the musculoskeletal tissues from training, competition, or rehabilitation from injuries. Research suggests that too much force results in the stimulation of an inflammatory response, one associated with a biochemical feedback emerging from a mechanical stimulus. The intent of this manuscript is twofold: to initiate the discussion of the importance of stretching intensity with regard to proper recovery, regeneration, and adaptation, and to suggest that researchers need to explore its potential role in addressing numerous inflammatory (RA) and non-inflammatory (OA, recurrent tendinitis etc.) musculoskeletal conditions as well.

    Contents:
    1. INTRODUCTION
    2. LITERATURE REVIEW
    3. STUDY ONE
    Acute Inflammatory Response to Stretching
    4. STUDY TWO
    Stretch Intensity vs. Inflammation: Is There a Dose-Dependent Association?
    5. STUDY THREE
    The Effects of Different Passive Static Stretching Intensities on Perceived Muscle Soreness and Muscle Function Recovery Following Unaccustomed Eccentric Exercise
    A Randomised Trial
    6. SUMMARY DISCUSSION
    7. LIMITATIONS
    8. FUTURE RESEARCH
    9. CONCLUSIONS.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hinanit Koltai, Cristina Prandi, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the exciting biology and chemistry of strigolactones. Outgrowth of shoot branches? Development of lateral roots? Interactions with beneficial microorganism? Avoiding parasitic plants? Responding to drought conditions? These important "decisions" made by the plant are all regulated by a group of plant hormones, termed Strigolactones. Latest research unveiled some new biological concepts, such as a redefinition of plant hormones and their crosstalk, new functional diversity of receptors, evolvement of plants to parasitic life habit, smoke and hormone mirrors, core signaling pathways, and even phloem transport of receptor proteins. Another important aspect of Strigolactones is its developed synthetic chemistry, and the opening of a variety of potential applications in agriculture and medicine. The book will address teachers, lecturers and (post- ) graduate students in biology and agronomy, and will clearly present the role strigolactones play in plant development, in induction of parasitic plant germination, interaction of plants with soil biota and abiotic stress conditions, prospects of strigolactone biochemistry and evolution, and chemical synthesis of natural strigolactones and analogs, and their potential applications. Glossary and synopses that may ease comprehension of the related terms and concepts will also be included.

    Contents:
    1. Strigolactone natural biosynthesis
    2. Strigolactones as plant hormones
    3. Strigolactones and parasitic plants
    4. Strigolactones and the soil microbiota
    5. Strigolactones likes and evolution
    6. Strigolactones synthetic chemistry and applications
    7. Synopses.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Louis R. Caplan, Vasileios-Arsenios Lioutas.
    Contents:
    Confused after a nap
    Headache after a beach trip
    Why are you staring over there?
    Dizziness and ataxia after lifting a vacuum
    Two generations with stroke and cognitive decline
    Ms H heads to the hospital
    The weak construction worker
    Twisted tongue and dizzy head
    Right hemibody weakness in a man with lighting-like transient facial pain
    Blurry vision
    Gastroenteritis with dizziness and ataxia
    Neck pain soon followed by right hemiparesis
    Sudden onset of double vision and left ataxic hemiparesis. Arm pain and swelling followed by headache, right weakness, and aphasia
    More than meets the eye
    A rusty pipe
    Eyelid droopiness and body weakness
    A pain in the hand
    A ticking time bomb
    "Dancing" hand
    Double vision and jumpy eyes
    Between a rock and a hard place
    Follow you heart or your brain?
    A bloody mesh
    A Lernaean Hydra
    It looks like a stroke, walks like a stroke, and behaves like a stoke. But is it a stroke?
    A relentless headache.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] James C. Grotta, Gregory W. Albers, Joseph P. Broderick, Arthur L. Day, Scott E. Kasner, Eng H. Lo, Ralph L. Sacco, Lawrence K.S. Wong.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Pankaj Sharma, James F. Meschia, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    S.K. Gill, M.M. Brown, F. Robertson, N. Losseff, editors.
    Contents:
    A Rapidly Progressive Dementia
    A Headache after Starting the Oral Contraceptive Pill
    A Child with Enlarged Pupils
    Locked in or Break Out?- An Unusual TIA
    Hemianopic Alexia
    Recurrent Miscarriages and Neurological Symptoms
    A Pain in the Neck
    A Painless Loss of Vision
    Sickle Cell Disease and Stroke
    A New Mother with Rapidly Developing Blindness
    A Potentially Fatal Complication
    A Funny Turn in the Toilet
    A Strategic Infarct Leading to Mild Cognitive Impairment
    A Misbehaving Limb
    More than Just A Sore Throat
    An MRI Saves a Patient from Unnecessary Surgery
    Confusion after the 'Flu
    One Night with Venus, a Lifetime with Mars
    A Hypertensive Spike
    Lying in Wait: Stroke and a Blistering Rash
    An Unusual Case of Paradoxical Embolus
    Reaching a Crescendo
    Bihemispheric Infarcts
    Sleep Disordered Breathing and Stroke
    A Possible Remedy for Post Stroke Confusion
    A Headache with a Difference
    An Alternative Solution to a Difficult Problem
    Botox Saves the Day
    A Diagnosis not to Forget
    A Migraine with Persistent Focal Symptoms
    Stroke and Systemic Disease
    An Unusual Hypertensive Headache
    Recurrent Thunderclap Headaches
    Stroke in Pregnancy
    Cortical Blindness
    Cerebrovascular Disease in Childhood
    Recurrent Neurological Symptoms Mistaken as Multiple Sclerosis
    Intracerebral Haemorrhage and Oral Anticoagulants
    Choked in the Night.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kathy J. Morrison.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Foundations of Stroke Care
    Chapter 2: About the SCRN® Exam
    Chapter 3: Anatomy, Physiology, and Etiology of Strokes
    Chapter 4: Associated Stroke Disorders
    Chapter 5: Hyperacute Stroke Care
    Chapter 6: Stroke Diagnostics
    Chapter 7: Neurological and Functional Assessment and Severity Scores
    Chapter 8: Acute Stroke Care
    Chapter 9: Medications
    Chapter 10: Postacute Stroke Care
    Chapter 11: Primary and Secondary Preventive Care
    Chapter 12: Case Studies
    Chapter 13: Practice Exam
    Chapter 14: Practice Exam: Answers.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey L. Saver, Graeme J. Hankey.
    Summary: "In this second edition of Stroke Treatment and Prevention we aim to update stroke clinicians and practitioners with the optimal evidence for strategies and interventions to treat stroke and prevent first and recurrent stroke. Where available, randomised controlled trials (RCTs) and systematic reviews of RCTs of the interventions are described, and sourced predominantly from the Cochrane Library"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Stroke : the size of the problem / Graeme Hankey
    Understanding evidence / Jeffrey Saver and Graeme Hankey
    Prehospital stroke care and regionalized stroke systems / Kori Sauser Zachrison and Lee Schwamm
    Organized acute inpatient stroke care / Peter Langhorne
    Supportive care during acute cerebral ischemia / Askiel Bruno, Subhashini Ramesh, and Jeffrey Saver
    Reperfusion of the ischemic brain by intravenous thrombolysis / Jeffrey Saver and Joanna Wardlaw
    Reperfusion of the ischemic brain by endovascular thrombectomy and thrombolysis / Meng Lee and Jeffrey Saver
    Collateral flow enhancement : blood pressure lowering and alteration of blood viscosity / Else Sandset and Eivind Berge
    Acute antiplatelet therapy for the treatment of acute ischemic stroke and transient ischemic attack /Jeffrey Saver
    acute anticoagulant therapy for the treatment of acute ischemic stroke and transient ischemic attack / Xinyi Leng and Lawrence Wong
    Treatment of brain edema / Jeffrey Saver and Salvador Cruz-Flores
    Neuroprotection for acute brain ischemia / Jeffrey Saver and Nerses Sanossian
    Acute treatment of intracerebral hemorrhage / Tom Moullaali, Rustam Al-Shahi Salamn, and Craig Anderson
    Acute treatment of subarachnoid hemorrhage / Sherri Braksick and Alejandro Rabinstein
    Prevention of stroke by lowering blood pressure / Meng Lee, Jeffrey Saver, and Bruce Ovbiagele
    Prevention of stroke by lowering blood cholesterol concentrations / Maurizio Paciaroni
    Prevention of stroke by modification of modification of vascular and lifestyle risk-factors / Amytis Towfighi and Jeffrey Saver
    Drugs, devices, and procedural therapies to prevent recurrent cardiogenic embolic stroke / Graeme Hankey
    Long-term antithrombotic therapy for large and small artery occlusive disease / Graeme Hankey
    Carotid and vertebral artery revascularization / Mandy D. Müller, Leo H. Bonati, and Martin M. Brown
    Cervical artery dissections and cerebral vasculiti / Philippe Lyrer
    Prevention of intracerebral and subarachnoid hemorrhage / James Klaas and Robert Brown
    Evidence-based motor rehabilitation after stroke / Gert Kwakkel and Janne Veerbeek
    Language and cognitive rehabilitation after stroke / Marian Brady and Jonathan Evans
    Using pharmacotherapy to enhance stroke recovery / Larry Goldstein
    Electrical and magnetic brain stimulation to enhance post-stroke recovery / Mark Parsons and Jodie Marquez.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Seung-Hoon Lee, Dong-Wan Kang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on diabetes in stroke, covering both basic and clinical aspects in detail. The focus is in particular on two major areas: general knowledge of diabetes and diabetes from a stroke neurologist's perspective. Readers will find up-to-date information on glucose metabolism, the pathophysiology of diabetes, the clinical significance of diabetes in stroke, the differential influence of diabetes on stroke mechanisms, principles of diabetes care, advances in treatment options, and clinical practice in the real world. The individual components of pathophysiology, management, and key issues are fully addressed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. The book is timely in bringing together within one volume the most important current knowledge on diabetes in stroke. It will be invaluable for stroke physicians, epidemiologists, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Basic Science: diabetes and stroke
    1 Glucose metabolism
    2 Pathophysiology and risk factors of diabetes
    3 Macro- and microvascular complications of diabetes
    4 Hyperglycemia in acute stroke
    Part II Clinical significance of diabetes in cerebro-cardiovascular disease
    5 Clinical impact of diabetes mellitus in cardiovascular disease
    6 Epidemiology of stroke patients with diabetes
    7 Differential influence of diabetes on stroke subtypes
    Part III. Treatment of diabetes
    8 Principles of diabetes care and lifestyle modification
    9 Metformin and sulfonylurea
    10 Insulin therapy
    11 Thiazolidinedione (TZD)
    12 Dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitors
    13 SGLT2 inhibitors
    14 Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist
    15 Standard pharmacological treatment of diabetes based on the guidelines
    16 Future therapies of diabetes
    Part IV Actual clinical practice in patients with diabetes
    17 Diabetes in pregnancy
    18 Glucose lowering strategy in acute stroke
    19 Management of acute complications of diabetes mellitus
    20 Long-term glycemic control for stroke survivors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Seung-Hoon Lee, editor.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on stroke management in a unique organizational style. Ischemic stroke is extensively covered, with inclusion of overviews that dynamically describe all relevant diagnostic and therapeutic processes in a time sequence mirroring real practice. The individual components of management and key issues are fully discussed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. In addition, the book considers the various causes of stroke and provides detailed guidance on means of secondary prevention. The recent demonstration of the substantial benefit of intra-arterial thrombectomy using stentrievers in patients with acute ischemic stroke represents a great moment in the history of stroke management. As we embark on a new era, there is an urgent need to review and evaluate current modalities for stroke diagnosis and treatment. In tackling this task, this book will be invaluable for physicians, angiographic interventionists, surgeons, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge on stroke.

    Contents:
    1. Initial assessment of patients with stroke-like symptoms
    2. Diagnosis and treatment of ischemic stroke: acute stage
    3. Diagnosis and treatment of hemorrhagic stroke: acute stage
    4. Certain, but relatively frequent causes of ischemic stroke
    5. Secondary prevention of stroke
    6. Clinical practice guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Seung-Hoon Lee, Min Kyoung Kang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on dyslipidemia in stroke, covering both basic and clinical aspects in detail. The focus is in particular on two major themes: the clinical significance of dyslipidemia in stroke and the treatment of dyslipidemia in stroke patients. Readers will find up-to-date information on lipid metabolism, biomarkers, and advances in treatment options, including novel biologic drugs. Specific management considerations and pitfalls are also discussed. The individual components of pathophysiology, treatment, and key issues are addressed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. This book is timely in bringing together within one volume the most important current knowledge on dyslipidemia in stroke. It will be invaluable for stroke physicians, pharmacists, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Basic Science: Dyslipidemia and Stroke
    1 Role of Dyslipidemia in Atherosclerosis
    2 Effects of Dyslipidemia on the Cerebral vessels
    Part 2 Clinical Significance of Dyslipidemia in Stroke
    3 Impact of Dyslipidemia on Ischemic Stroke
    4 Dyslipidemia and Hemorrhagic Stroke
    5 Clinical biomarkers of Dyslipidemia. Part 3 Treatment of Dyslipidemia in Stroke Patients
    6 Therapeutic Lifestyle Modification
    7 Statins
    8 Ezetimibe
    9 Fibrate and Niacin
    10 Fish Oils
    11 PCSK9 inhibiting monoclonal antibodies
    12 PCSK9 inhibiting siRNA
    13 Understanding of Clinical Practice Guidelines for Dyslipidemia
    Part 4 Management of Dyslipidemia in Clinical Practice of Stroke
    14 Practical Management of Dyslipidemia in Stroke Patients
    15 Practical Dyslipidemia Management in Stroke-specific Situations
    16 Dyslipidemia in Women: Etiology and Management
    17 Safety Considerations of Pharmacological Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Seung-Hoon Lee, editor ; Dong-Wan Kang, associate editor.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on hemorrhagic stroke in a unique organizational style. All aspects are covered, including risk factors, pathophysiology, diagnostic modalities, treatment, and prevention. Individual procedures and issues are fully discussed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. Furthermore, in an accompanying overview diagnostic and therapeutic processes are dynamically described in a time sequence mirroring real practice. The recent striking advances in brain imaging have resulted in a better understanding of the causes and pathophysiology of hemorrhagic stroke, and management has been enhanced by a variety of surgical techniques, intensive monitoring, and administration of novel medical treatment. Against this background, it is timely to summarize current understanding of hemorrhagic stroke and its management from a practical perspective. This textbook will be invaluable for stroke physicians, surgeons, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge on the subject.

    Contents:
    Introduction: practical use of the textbook - 1. Introduction on hemorrhagic stroke - 1.1. Definition and classification - 1.2. Statistics on hemorrhagic stroke - 1.3. Ethnic differences - 2. Risk factors and pathophysiology - 2.1. Risk factors of intracerebral hemorrhage - 2.2. Classification of hemorrhagic stroke - 2.3. Pathophysiology of intracerebral hemorrhage - 2.4. Pathophysiology of subarachnoid hemorrhage.- 2.5. Pathophysiology of arteriovenous malformation - 2.6. Pathophysiology of dural arteriovenous fistula - 2.7. Pathophysiology of cerebral amyloid angiopathy - 2.8. Pathophysiology of moyamoya disease - 2.9. Pathophysiology of genetic causes of hemorrhagic stroke - 3. Diagnosis and treatment of hemorrahgic stroke - 3.1. Triage of patients with hemorrhagic stroke: overview - 3.2. Organization of stroke care.- 3.3. Principles of brain imaging for hemorrhagic stroke diagnosis - 3.4. Blood pressure management - 3.5. Acute treatment of subarachnoid hemorrhage - neurosurgery and intervention.- 3.6. General medical management
    fluid, fever, glucose and heart - 3.7. Neurocritical care for hemorrhagic stroke patients - 3.8. Dysphagia assessment - 3.9. Prevention and management of stroke complication.- 3.10. Specific medical treatment for hemostasis - 3.11. Neurosurgery for intracererbral hemorrhage - 3.12. Rehabilitation.- 4. Primary or secondary prevention.- 4.5. Risk factor control - 4.2. Surgery for stroke prevention - 4.3. Angiographic intervention for stroke prevention - 4.4. Management of post-stroke sequlae: depression, dementia, and motor deficit.- 5. Clinical practice guidelines - 5.1. History, purpose and use of clinical practice guidelines for stroke - 5.2. Discrepancy and pitfalls of clinical practice guidelines - 5.3. Smart use of clinical practice guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Seung-Hoon Lee, Jae-Sung Lim.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on vascular cognitive impairment (VCI). The focus is in particular on two major representative clinical syndromes of VCI: subcortical VCI and post-stroke cognitive impairment. Individual chapters address a wide range of topics and issues, providing up-to-date information on epidemiology, cognitive evaluation, pathophysiology, established and emerging neuroimaging biomarkers, amyloid imaging, serum and genetic biomarkers, prognosis, prevention, and treatment. The accompanying illustrations and photos enable the reader to achieve a ready understanding of the contents and to retrieve fundamental information quickly. The book will be an invaluable resource for stroke physicians, surgeons, and students wishing to learn more about the latest advances, from efforts to harmonize neuropsychological evaluation and improvements in diagnostic criteria through to the role of advanced neuroimaging techniques in deepening understanding of VCI and progress toward more targeted treatment.

    Contents:
    1. Definition and concept of VCI
    2. Clinical syndromes of VCI and representative clinical vignettes
    3. Epidemiology of VCI
    4. Cognitive evaluations for VCI
    5. Pathophysiology of VCI
    Theoretical background
    6. Neuroimaging biomarkers and pathophysiological implications
    7. Emerging neuroimaging biomarkers in VCI
    8. Amyloid imaging in VCI
    9. Serum/Genetic biomarkers of VCI
    10. Prognosis of VCI
    11. Prevention and Treatment
    12. Perspectives and future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Benjamin M.J. Owens, Matthew A. Lakins, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Chaim Putterman, David Cowburn, Steven Almo.
    Summary: Structural Biology in Immunology, Structure/Function of Novel Molecules of Immunologic Importance delivers important information on the structure and functional relationships in novel molecules of immunologic interest. Due to an increasingly sophisticated understanding of the immune system, the approach to the treatment of many immune-mediated diseases, including multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, and inflammatory bowel disease has been dramatically altered. Furthermore, there is an increasing awareness of the critical role of the immune system in cancer biology. The improved central structure function relationships presented in this book will further enhance our ability to understand what defects in normal individuals can lead to disease.

    Contents:
    1. Organization of immunological synapses and kinapses
    2. Principles of protein recognition by small T-cell adhesion proteins and costimulatory receptors
    3. Synthetic antibody engineering: concepts and applications
    4. Natural killer cell receptors
    5. Structure-function in antibodies to double-stranded DNA
    6. The role of the constant region in antibody-antigen interactions: redefining the modular model of immunoglobulin structure
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Helena Hansen, Jonathan M. Metzl, editors.
    Summary: This book documents the ways that clinical practitioners and trainees have used the "structural competency" framework to reduce inequalities in health. The essays describe on-the-ground ways that clinicians, educators, and activists craft structural interventions to enhance health outcomes, student learning, and community organizing around issues of social justice in health and healthcare. Each chapter of the book begins with a case study that illuminates a competency in reorienting clinical and public health practice toward community, institutional and policy level intervention based on alliances with social agencies, community organizations and policy makers. Written by authors who are trained in both clinical and social sciences, the chapters cover pedagogy in classrooms and clinics, community collaboration, innovative health promotion approaches in non-health sectors and in public policies, offering a view of effective care as structural intervention and a road map toward its implementation. Structural Competency in Mental Health and Medicine is a cutting-edge resource for psychiatrists, primary care physicians, addiction medicine specialists, emergency medicine specialists, nurses, social workers, public health practitioners, and other clinicians working toward equality in health.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Yu Wai Chen.
    Contents:
    1. DisMeta : a meta server for construct design and optimization / Yuanpeng Janet Huang, Thomas B. Acton, and Gaetano T. Montelione
    2. Stable expression clones and auto-induction for protein production in E. coli / F. William Studier
    3. High-throughput expression screening and purification of recombinant proteins in E. coli / Natalie J. Saez and Renaud Vincentelli
    4. Medium-throughput production of recombinant human proteins : ligation-independent cloning / Claire Strain-Damerell, Pravin Mahajam, Opher Gileadi and Nicola A. Burgess-Brown
    5. Medium-throughput production of recombinant human proteins : protein production in E. coli / Nicola A. Burgess-Brown, Pravin Mahajan, Claire Strain-Damerell, Opher Gileadi and Susanne Gräslund
    6. Medium-throughput production of recombinant human proteins : protein production in insect cells / Pravin Mahajan , Claire Strain-Damerell, Opher Gileadi and Nicola A. Burgess-Brown
    7. OmniBac : universal multigene transfer plasmids for baculovirus expression vectors systems / Deepak B. Thimiri Govinda Raj, Lakshmi S. Vijayachandran, and Imre Berger
    8. Multiprotein complex production in insect cells by using polyproteins / Yan Nie, Itxaso Bellon-Echeverria, Simon Trowitzch, Christoph Bieniossek and Imre Berger
    9. Expression screening in mammalian suspension cells / Susan D. Chapple and Michael R. Dyson
    10. Cell-free expression of protein complexes for structural biology / Takaho Terada, Takehi Murata, Mikako Shirouzu and Shigeyuki Yokoyama
    11. Cell-free protein synthesis for functional and structural studies / Shin-ichi Makino, Emily T. Beebe, John L. Markley and Brian G. Fox
    13. Insoluble protein purification with sarkosyl : facts and precautions / Ben Chisnall, Courtney Johnson, Yavuz Kulaberoglu and Yu Wai Chen
    13. Estimation of crystallization likelihood through a fluorimetric thermal stability assay / Vincent Mariaule, Florine Dupeux, and José A. Márquez
    14. CrystalDirect : a novel approach for automated crystal harvesting based on photoablation of thin films / José A. Márquez and Florent Cipriani
    15. Methods to refine macromolecular structures in cases of severe diffraction anisotropy / Michael R. Sawaya
    16. Applications of NMR-based PRE and EPR-based DEER spectroscopy to homodimer chain exchange characterization and structure determination / Yunhuang Yang, Theresa A. Ramelot, Shuisong Ni, Robert M. McCarrick and Michael A. Kennedy
    17. Cost-effective protocol for the parallel production of libraries of 13CH3-specifically labeled mutants for NMR studies of high molecular weight proteins / Elodie Crublet, Rime Kerfah, Guillaume Mas, Marjolaine Noirclerc-Savoye, Violaine Lantez, Thierry Vernet and Jerome Boisbouvier
    18. High-throughput SAXS for the characterization of biomolecules in solution : a practical approach / Kevin N. Dyer, Michael Hammel, Robert P. Rambo, Susan E. Tsutakawa, Ivan Rodic, Scott Classen, John A. Tainer and Greg L. Hura
    19. Measuring spatial restraints on native protein complexes using isotope-tagged chemical cross-linking and mass spectrometry / Franz Herzog
    20. Modeling of proteins and their assemblies with the integrative modeling platform / Benjamin Webb, Keren Lasker, Javier Velázquez-Muriel, Dina Schneidman-Duhovny, Riccardo Pellarin, Massimiliano Bonomi, Charles Greenberg, Barak Raveh, Elina Tjioe, Daniel Russel and Andrej Sali
    21. Quality and validation of structures from structural genomics / Marcin J. Domagalski, Heping Zheng, Matthew D. Zimmerman, Zhigniew Dauter, Alexander Wlodawer and Wladek Minor
    22. Navigating the global protein-protein interaction landscape using iRefWeb / Andrei L. Turinsky, Sabry Razick, Brian Turner, Ian M. Donaldson and Shoshana J. Wodak
    23. Mespeus-a database of metal interactions with proteins / Marjorie M. Harding and Kun-Yi Hsin
    24. High-quality macromolecular graphics on mobile devices : a quick starter's guide / Chin-Pang Benny Yiu and Yu Wai Chen.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Wayne F. Anderson.
    Contents:
    Data Management in the Modern Structural Biology and Biomedical Research Environment
    Structural Genomics of Human Proteins
    Target Selection for Structural Genomics of Infectious Diseases
    Selecting Targets from Eukaryotic Parasites for Structural Genomics and Drug Discovery
    High Throughput Cloning for Biophysical Applications
    Expression and Solubility Testing in a High Throughput Environment
    Protein Production for Structural Genomics Using E. coli Expression
    Eukaryotic Expression Systems for Structural Studies
    Automated Cell-free Protein Production Methods for Structural Studies
    Parallel Protein Purification
    Oxidative Refolding from Inclusion Bodies
    High throughput Crystallization Screening
    Screening Proteins for NMR Suitability
    Salvage or Recovery of Failed Targets by in situ Proteolysis
    Salvage of Failed Protein Targets by Reductive Alkylation
    Salvage or Recovery of Failed Targets by Mutagenesis to Reduce Surface Entropy
    Data Collection for Crystallographic Structure Determination
    Structure, Determination, Refinement, and Validation
    Virtual High-Throughput Ligand Screening
    Ligand Screening using Fluorescence Thermal Shift Analysis (FTS)
    Ligand Screening using Enzymatic Assays
    Ligand Screening using NMR
    Screening Ligands by X-ray Crystallography
    Case Study Structural Genomics and Human Protein Kinases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Paul Sorajja.
    Summary: "Using a practical, case-based format, this superbly illustrated atlas by Dr. Paul Sorajja is a comprehensive collection of more than 130 professional experiences in treating structural heart disease. Organized by pathology, each case presents key clinical points for practitioners at all levels, from beginner to expert. Cases are provided by interventionalists and surgeons with extensive hands-on experience, and edited by experts in the field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I: Mitral disease. Transcatheter repair
    Uncomplicated transcatheter mitral valve repair with MitraClip
    Commissural mitral regurgitation therapy
    Advanced steering in the left atrium for an aortic hugger
    Transcatheter repair of ruptured papillary muscle
    Optimal intraprocedural guidance for mitral therapy
    Challenges of transcatheter therapy for functional mitral regurgitation
    The zip-and-clip technique in transcatheter mitral valve repair
    Mitral annular calcification and transcatheter mitral valve repair
    Optimization for multiple clip placement
    Importance of hemodynamics for assessing residual regurgitation
    Use of low profile pressure wire for simultaneous left atrial pressure during repair
    Barlow's valve therapy
    Transcatheter mitral repair for cardiogenic shock
    A space too small for additional clipping
    Treatment of leaflet perforation with vascular plugs
    Occluder therapy for residual mitral regurgitation after transcatheter repair
    Clip-to-annuloplasty ring
    Transcatheter repair of severe mitral regurgitation after surgical annuloplasty
    Unsuccessful transcatheter repair after prior cardiac surgery
    MitraClip in a patient with radiation heart disease
    A difficult case of transcatheter mitral valve repair
    Stuck on the atrial septum
    Ensuring mitral leaflet insertion
    One of my most difficult transcatheter repair cases
    Single leaflet device attachment and clip embolization
    Lessons learned from a difficult MitraClip case
    Percutaneous treatment of ventricular dysfunction and secondary mitral regurgitation (Accucinch)
    Percutaneous annuloplasty for severe mitral regurgitation (MitraAlign)
    Left ventricular therapy for mitral regurgitation (Myocor)
    Coronary sinus approach for mitral regurgitation (Carillon)
    Plugging a hole near a mitral surgical ring
    Anatomical intelligence and image fusion for image guidance of transcatheter mitral valve repair
    Valve replacement
    Computed tomography imaging for transcatheter mitral replacement
    Retrograde transcatheter mitral valve replacement for mitral regurgitation (Twelve)
    Retrograde transcatheter mitral valve replacement for mitral regurgitation (Tendyne)
    Retrograde transcatheter mitral valve replacement for mitral regurgitation (Tiara)
    Antegrade valve replacement in severe mitral annular calcification
    Self expanding prosthesis for severe mitral annular calcification
    Retrograde valve replacement in severe mitral annular calcification with a rail
    Management of LVOT obstruction from mitral valve replacement
    Transcatheter valve placement in a mitral ring
    Balloon commissurotomy
    Hemodynamic assessment of mitral disease
    Balloon mitral valvuloplasty for rheumatic mitral stenosis
    Rupture of mitral valve with balloon mitral valvuloplasty
    The banking technique for Inoue balloon movement
    Section II: Aortic valve disease. Valve replacement
    Caseous mitral annular calcification distorting the aortic annulus
    Transfemoral balloon-expandable transcatheter aortic valve replacement (Sapien 3)
    Double Valve Transcatheter Therapy for Mitral and Aortic Stenosis
    Transvenous antegrade transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Valve embolization in transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Transcatheter aortic valve therapy for ascending aortic dissection with aortic regurgitation
    Superior placement to overcome severe left ventricular outflow tract calcification
    Retrieval of transaortic sheath marker loss
    Left ventricular perforation during transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Subaortic ring therapy
    Bicuspid aortic valve therapy - transcatheter challenges
    Transcatheter aortic valve-in-valve therapy with high risk of coronary obstruction
    A difficult case of transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Valve embolization during transcatheter aortic therapy
    Transcaval transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Subclavian management during transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Rapid ventricular pacing and demise of left ventricular function
    Pure aortic regurgitation treatment
    Aortic regurgitation treatment in the presence of a left ventricular assist device
    Prosthetic valve thrombosis
    Fractures and twists during transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    Transcatheter aortic valve therapy without pre-procedural computed tomography
    Section III: Prosthetic valve. Paravalvular regurgitation
    Computed tomography for paravalvular leak closure
    Retrograde repair of aortic paravalvular regurgitation
    Retrograde repair of mitral paravalvular regurgitation
    Retrograde Repair of a Multi-Orifice Mitral Paravalvular Leak by Hopscotch Technique
    Antegrade repair of mitral paravalvular regurgitation
    Benefit of accurate transseptal puncture in paravalvular closure
    Challenging echocardiographic imaging for leak closure
    Coronary dissection from paravalvular leak closure
    Treatment of Coronary Obstruction after Paravalvular Leak Closure
    Papillary muscle rupture during paravalvular leak closure
    Step up technique with coronary guidewire use for paravalvular leak closure
    The anchor wire technique for aortic paravalvular leak closure
    Venous-arterial rail and anchor
    Simultaneous plug placement for paravalvular leaks
    Closure of aorta to right ventricle fistula
    The aortic-arterial rail technique
    Repair of paravalvular regurgitation in a balloon-expanding prosthesis
    Valve-in-valve
    Mitral valve-in-valve therapy with an apical rail
    Antegrade mitral valve-in-valve therapy
    Bioprosthetic valve fracture at the time of valve-in-valve TAVR
    Self-expanding prosthesis for aortic valve-in-valve
    Small prosthesis therapy
    Transcatheter valve-in-valve therapy for tricuspid disease
    Complex self-expanding aortic valve therapy
    A very difficult case of valve-in-valve therapy
    Antegrade balloon-expandable valve for tricuspid valve-in-valve therapy
    Complex tricuspid valve-in-valve therapy
    Fusion imaging for apical access and mitral valve placement
    Fusion Imaging for Mitral Valve-in-Valve Replacement
    Challenging case of surgical mitral ring therapy
    Section IV: Cardiomyopathy. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Mitral valve abnormalities in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Closure of eccentric atrial septal defect" and place in congenital section
    Reversed pulsus paradoxus
    Percutaneous mitral valve repair in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Recurrent obstruction after percutaneous plication in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Complicated alcohol septal ablation
    Untoward myocardial targeting with contrast during alcohol septal ablation
    Case selection for alcohol septal ablation
    Assessment of aortic stenosis in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Dilated cardiomyopathy
    Volume reduction through infarct exclusion
    Section V: Congenital abnormalities, pseudoaneurysms, and shunts. Patent ductus arteriosus
    Closure of patent ductus arteriosus
    Patent foramen ovale
    Complicated patent foramen ovale closure
    Techniques of ASD Closure with Deficient Rims
    Closure of patent foramen ovale (Helex)
    Coarctation of the aorta
    Transcatheter open-cell stent implantation for treatment of native coarctation of the aorta
    Ventricular septal defect
    Transcatheter device closure of a post myocardial infarction ventricular septal defect
    Gerbode therapy
    Congenital muscular ventricular septal defect closure
    Treatment of post-infarct ventricular septal defect
    Patent foramen ovale closure from the right internal jugular vein
    Pulmonary
    Pulmonary homograft therapy
    Treatment of a chicken wing left atrial appendage
    Complicated left atrial appendage closure
    Pearls from a case of left atrial appendage closure
    Residual leak treatment after left atrial appendage closure
    Pseudoaneurysm
    Closure of multiple pseudoaneurysms in the ascending aorta
    Apical pseudoaneurysm
    Transventricular therapy of pulmonary homograft
    Atrial shunt creation
    Induction of left-to-right atrial shunting for heart failure (Corvia)
    Section VI: Tricuspid disease. Tricuspid regurgitation
    Transcatheter tricuspid valve annuloplasty with pledgets implantation for severe tricuspid regurgitation
    Imaging for the tricuspid valve: tips and techniques
    Tricuspid transcatheter repair
    Transcatheter tricuspid valve repair with the FORMA Repair System
    Transapical valve in tricuspid ring.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Tengchuan Jin, Qian Yin, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Raymond J. Owens, Oxford Protein Production Facility UK, Research Complex at Harwell, Oxfordshire, UK.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, R. Lipowsky, E. Sackmann.
    Contents:
    v. 1A From cells to vesicles
    v. 1B Generic and specific interactions. Biological membranes architecture and function / E. Sackmann
    The evolution of membranes / M. Bloom and O.G. Mourttsen
    Polymorphism of lipid-water systems / J.M. Seddon and R.H. Templer
    Phospholipid monolayers / H. Möhwald
    Physical basis of self-organization and function of membranes : physics of vesicles / E. Sackmann
    Lateral diffusion in membranes / P.F.F. Almeida and W.L.C. Vaz
    Molecular theory of chain packing, elasticity and lipid-protein interaction in lipid bilayers / A. Ben-Shaul
    Morphology of vesicles / U. Seifert and R. Lepowsky
    Material transport across permeability barriers by means of lipid vesicles / G. Cevc
    Applications of liposomes / D.D. Lasic
    Generic interactions of flexible membranes / R. Lipowsky
    Electrostatic properties of membranes : the Poisson-Boltzmann theory / D. Andelman
    Interaction in membrane assemblies / V.A. Parsegian and R.P. Rand
    Tension-induced mutual adhesion and a conjectured superstructure of lipid membranes / W. Helfrich
    Physical actions in biological adhesion / E. Evans
    Adhesion of cells / P. Bongrand
    Cell membranes and the cytoskeleton / P. Janmey
    Electroporation and electrofusion of membranes / D.S. Dimitrov
    Cation-induced vesicle fusion modulated by polymers and proteins / K. Arnold.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 1995-
  • Digital
    Christon J. Hurst, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses how aquatic microbial communities develop interactive metabolic coordination both within and between species to optimize their energetics. It explains that microbial community structuration often includes functional stratification among a multitude of organisms that variously exist either suspended in the water, lodged in sediments, or bound to one another as biofilms on solid surfaces. The authors describe techniques that can be used for preparing and distributing microbiologically safe drinking water, which presents the challenge of successfully removing the pathogenic members of the aquatic microbial community and then safely delivering that water to consumers. Drinking water distribution systems have their own microbial ecology, which we must both understand and control in order to maintain the safety of the water supply. Since studying aquatic microorganisms often entails identifying them, the book also discusses techniques for successfully isolating and cultivating bacteria. As such, it appeals to microbiologists, microbial ecologists and water quality scientists.

    Contents:
    Intro; Series Preface; Volume Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Understanding Aquatic Microbial Communities; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Water Has Depth and Divides; 1.3 And Its Ecosystems Are Filled with Amazing Life Forms; 1.4 It Often Takes a Biofilm to Nurture a Microbe; 1.5 When Life Hits the Mat; 1.6 The Fungi Will Get You If You Land in the Water; 1.7 Researching Microbiology Even When You Are Up to Your Waist in Alligators While Studying Respiration Without Oxygen, in a ... ; 1.8 And Microbes Are even in the Water that We Would Want to Drink 1.9 They Are more than Just Nameless Faces: There Are Ways to Culture and Identify even the Seemingly UngrowableReferences;
    Chapter 2: Relationship Between Lifestyle and Structure of Bacterial Communities and Their Functionality in Aquatic Systems; 2.1 Conceptual Idea; 2.2 How Much Free-Living Is Free-Living?; 2.3 Microhabitat Descriptions; 2.3.1 Diffusion-Controlled Water Phase (DifP) and Colloidal Phase (ColP); 2.3.1.1 Physiochemical Characterization and Major Dynamics; 2.3.1.2 Bacterial Adaptations: To Eat and Not Be Eaten; 2.3.2 Marine and Freshwater Particles (Par) 2.3.2.1 Physiochemical Characterization and Major Dynamics2.3.2.2 Bacterial Adaptations; 2.3.3 Living Biosphere (Bio); 2.3.3.1 Physiochemical Characterization and Major Dynamics; 2.3.3.2 Bacterial Adaptations; 2.4 Human-Mediated Implications; 2.5 Scaling Up to the Biomes; 2.6 Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 3: Biofilms: Besieged Cities or Thriving Ports?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Rationale; 3.2.1 Living Beings Interact with the Environment; 3.2.2 Points of Consideration for the Next Generation of Biofilm Researchers; 3.3 Background; 3.3.1 Microbiology Legacy 3.3.2 Spatial and Temporal Heterogeneity Associated with Biofilms3.4 Appropriate Analogies and Rubrics; 3.4.1 Thriving Port City or Besieged City?; 3.5 Key Physical Parameters; 3.5.1 Microbes in Aqueous Solutions; 3.5.2 The Reynolds Number; 3.5.2.1 Inertial Force of a Fluid; 3.5.2.2 Viscosity of a Fluid; 3.5.2.3 Reynolds Number Equation; 3.5.2.4 Points for Consideration When Applying the Reynolds Number; 3.5.2.5 Reynolds Number for a Swimming Body Such as a Bacterium; 3.5.3 Reduced Flow Velocity Near a Surface; 3.5.4 Flow in Non-Newtonian Fluids Such as a Biofilm; 3.6 Bacterial Locomotion 3.6.1 Single Cell Swimming3.6.2 Collective Swimming; 3.6.3 Surface Interaction; 3.6.3.1 Swimming Close to a Surface; 3.6.3.2 Surface Sensing; 3.6.3.3 Shear Trapping; 3.6.3.4 Swimming Upstream; 3.7 Dissolved Nutrients; 3.7.1 Diffusion and Advection; 3.7.2 Chemotaxis; 3.8 Evaluating the Port City Analogy; 3.8.1 Biofilm Formation or Association: Immigration; 3.8.2 Motility in or Around the Biofilm; 3.8.3 Biofilm Detachment: Emigration; 3.8.3.1 Modes of Biofilm Detachment; 3.8.3.2 Erosion, Planktonic Cell Yield, and Seeding Dispersion; 3.8.3.3 Rates and Extent of Biofilm Detachment
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Haixia Chen, Min Zhang, editors.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to introduce the classified chemical components of hypoglycemic compounds in natural products, summarize the recent research progress of natural products with hypoglycemic activity in the past 20 years, and provide the original analysis and development opinions of relevant scholars. Hypoglycemic compounds are to target diabetes mellitus, an important public health problem, one of four priority noncommunicable diseases (NCDs) targeted for action by world leaders. Diabetes mellitus is a common endocrine and metabolic disease, which not only causes physiological damage to patients' kidneys, cardiovascular and cerebrovascular vessels, peripheral blood vessels, nerves and eyes, but also causes mental and psychological pressure to patients. Due to the evidence that traditional medicine and natural herbal formula have advantages in treating diabetes, natural products with hypoglycemic activity have been studied extensively in recent years and have been accepted by many scholars all over the world. This book focuses on the progress on the study of the structure, hypoglycemic activities, structure-activity relationships and mechanism of a wide range of polysaccharides, flavonoids, saponins, alkaloids, terpenoids, polyphenols and other constituents. It will help students and researchers to understand current approaches and progress in the treatment of diabetes with natural products, which may also be beneficial to develop new hypoglycemic drugs.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction of diabetes melitus and future prospects of natural products on diabetes melitus
    Chapter 2. An overview of hypoglycemic modern drugs
    Chapter 3. An overview of hypoglycemic biological drugs
    Chapter 4. An overview of hypoglycemic traditional drugs
    Chapter 5. Glycosides from natural sources in the treatment of diabetes mellitus
    Chapter 6. Isolation and Structure Elucidation of Hypoglycemic Compounds
    Chapter 7. Structural Characterization and Health Effects of Polysaccharides from Momordica charantia on Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 8. Effects of polysaccharides on reducing blood glucose based on gut microbiota alteration
    Chapter 9. An Overview of Polysaccharides and the influencefactors of Hypoglycemic Activity
    Chapter 10. Plant Secondary Metabolites with α-Glucosidase Inhibitory Activity.
    Chapter 11. Rhinacanthin-C and Its Potential to Control Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 12. Regeneration of beta cells by inhibition of pro-apoptotic proteins through phytocompound in STZ induced diabetic albino wistar rats-invivo and insilico approach.
    Chapter 13. Nitrogenous Compounds from Plant Origin in Management of
    Chapter 14. Plant Alkaloids with Antidiabetic Potential
    Chapter 15. The role of Alkaloids in the Management of Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 16. Traditional Indian Herbs for the Management of Diabetes Mellitus and their Herb-Drug Interaction Potentials: An Evidence-Based Review
    Chapter 17. Role of Micronutrients and Trace elements in Diabetes mellitus: A Review.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kazuhiro Yamaguchi, editor.
    Summary: This book elucidates the morphological backgrounds of various functional parameters of the human respiratory system, including the respiratory control system, dynamics of the upper and lower airways, gas transport and mixing in the lower airways, gas exchange in the acinus, and gas transfer through the alveolar wall. Presenting the latest findings on the interrelationships between morphology and physiology in the respiratory system, the book's goal is to provide a foundation for further exploring structure-function relationships in various respiratory systems, and to improve both the quality of basic science, and that of clinical medicine targeting the human respiratory system. Edited and written by internationally recognized experts, Structure-Function Relationships in Various Respiratory Systems offers a valuable asset for all physicians and researchers engaging in clinical, physiological, or morphological work in the field of respiration. Moreover, it provides a practical guide for physicians, helping them make more precise pathophysiological decisions concerning patients with various types of lung disease, and will be of interest to respiratory physiologists and respiratory morphologists.

    Contents:
    Part I Respiratory control system
    1.Anatomy and physiology of respiratory control system
    2.Anatomy and physiology of chemical regulatory mechanisms in respiration
    3.Coordination of swallowing and breathing
    Part II Upper airway
    4.Anatomy and function of upper airway during sleep
    5.Instability of upper airway during anesthesia and sedation
    Part III Lower airway
    6.Convective and Diffusive Mixing in Lower and Acinar Airways
    7.Radiological evaluation of lower airway dimensions deciding ventilatory dynamics
    8.Functional properties of lower airway estimated by oscillometry
    Part IV Acinus
    9.Inhomogeneous distribution of ventilation-perfusion (VA/Q) and diffusing capacity-perfusion (D/Q) in the lung
    10.Physiological Basis of Effective Alveolar-Arterial O2 Difference (AaDO2) and Effective Physiological Dead Space (VD/VT)
    11.Oxygen transport from air to tissues as an integrated system
    Part V Alveolar wall
    12.Pathophysiological and clinical implication of diffusing capacity for CO (DLco) and Krogh factor (Kco)
    13.Basic perspective of simultaneous measurement of DLCO and DLNO
    14.Reference equations for simultaneously measured DLCO and DLNO
    15.Differential diagnosis based on newly developed indicator of DLNO/DLCO
    16.Clinical significance of simultaneous measurements of DLCO and DLNO: Can DLCO and DLNO differentiate various kinds of lung diseases?.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Christine Ziegler.
    Summary: New chapters in the updated serial include Cryo-EM on membrane proteins embedded in nanodics, Solid-Supported membrane-based electrophysiology on membrane transporters and channels, Saposin-lipoprotein scaffolds for structure determination of membrane transporters and channels, Single-molecule FRET on transporters, Dynamics of channels and transporters investigated by NMR, Structure-function studies on channels and transporters, and a section on MemStar, a new GFP-based expression and purification system for transporters and channels.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Lipid Nanodiscs as a Tool for High-Resolution Structure Determination of Membrane Proteins by Single-Particle Cryo-EM / Rouslan Efremov, Christos Gatsogiannis and Stefan Raunser
    Chapter 2: SSM-Based Electrophysiology for Transporter Research / Andre Bazzone, Maria Barthmes and Klaus Fendler
    Chapter 3: Saposin-Lipoprotein Scaffolds for Structure Determination of Membrane Transporters / Joseph Lyons, Andreas Bøggild, Poul Nissen and Jens Frauenfeld
    Chapter 4: Single-Molecule Fluorescence Studies of Membrane Transporters Using Total Internal Reflection Microscopy / Joris M.H. Goudsmits, Antoine M. van Oijen and Dirk J. Slotboom
    Chapter 5: The MEMbrane Protein Single ShoT Amplification Recipe: MemStar / Aziz Abdul-Qureshi, Pascal F. Meier, Chiara Lee and David Drew
    Chapter 6: Efficient Screening and Optimization of Membrane Protein Production in Escherichia coli / Jacopo Marino, Katharina Holzhüter, Benedikt Kuhn and Eric R. Geertsma
    Chapter 7: Pinning Down the Mechanism of Transport: Probing the Structure and Function of Transporters Using Cysteine Cross-Linking and Site-Specific Labeling / Christopher Mulligan and Joseph A. Mindell
    Chapter 8: Ion Channel Conformation and Oligomerization Assessment by Site-Directed Spin Labeling and Pulsed-EPR / Christos Pliotas
    Chapter 9: Strategy for the Thermostabilization of an Agonist-Bound GPCR Coupled to a G Protein / Annette Strege, Byron Carpenter, Patricia C. Edwards and Christopher G. Tate.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    by Richard Bandler and John Grinder.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC480.5 .B32 1975
    1
  • Digital
    Mansoor Fatehi, Daniel Pinto dos Santos, editors.
    Summary: This book provides practitioners and scientists with insights into diverse aspects of structured reporting to allow them to develop tools and a knowledge base to ensure that this electronic reporting trend is widely applied. After an introduction to reporting in radiology, various parts of structured reporting are discussed in detail, including an overview of standardized reporting systems, standardized reporting language, DICOM structured reporting, template based structured reporting, and modular reporting. The last chapter addresses the interaction of structured reporting with artificial intelligence and its impact on the future of radiology. The last chapter addresses the interaction of structured reporting with artificial intelligence and its impact on the future of radiology. Endorsed by the European Society of Medical Imaging Informatics (EuSoMII), the scope of the book is based on the Medical Imaging Informatics sub-sections of the European Society of Radiology (ESR) European Training Curriculum Level I and II. It is a valuable resource for residents, radiologists and students.

    Contents:
    Introduction to reporting in radiology
    Basics of structured reporting
    Standardized reporting systems
    Standardizing reporting language
    Interoperable reporting standards
    Template based structured reporting
    Common data elements and modular reporting
    Multimedia-enhanced structured reporting
    Strucrtured reporting and artificial intelligence
    Structured reporting beyond radiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rupert Riedl.
    Summary: In this book, the author Rupert Riedl investigates the structural and functional correlations of issues considered as "complex". He brilliantly analyzes the definition of complexity, the occurrence of complexity, the meaning of complexity, and last-but-not-least the way complexity is dealt with professionally. In recent years, our view of the world has been split into ever smaller segments - in part due to the increasing importance of the natural sciences and their associated analytical power. This calls for once again focusing on complexity and the holistic aspects, on interdisciplinary and synoptic approaches. This book is a translation of the original German version "Strukturen der Komplexität", which was published in 2000. The discussion of complexity from the perspective of a biologist has long been overdue when it was published and is still up-to-date.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: The Issues Tackled Here: An Introduction; 1.1 The Topic at Hand; 1.1.1 Research into Complexity Today; 1.1.2 Complexity: Its Characteristics and Its Meaning; 1.1.3 Why, of All Things, Structures?; 1.2 On Methods; 1.2.1 Morphology, Systems Theory and Gestalt; 1.2.2 Structuralism and Functionalism; 1.2.3 On cognition, Explanation and EE; 1.2.4 Biology as the Conceptual Framework;
    Chapter 2: The World and Cognition as a Problem; 2.1 What Appears Reasonable to Us; 2.1.1 What Arose with Consciousness? 2.1.2 The Conceivable Validations of Perception and Knowledge Gain2.1.3 Forms of Perception Versus Communication; 2.2 How Knowledge Is Gained; 2.2.1 The Levels of Cognition; 2.2.2 What All This Can Tell Us About the World; 2.2.3 The Purpose Served by Such Knowledge; 2.3 The Nature of Our Knowledge; 2.3.1 Construction and Reality; 2.3.2 Emergence, Notions and Language; 2.3.3 Perceiving (Cognition) and Explaining;
    Chapter 3: The Systems of Cognition; 3.1 Conditions of Perception; 3.1.1 Perception Means Problem Solving; 3.1.2 Fundamentals of Association and Conditioning 3.1.3 The Transition to Cognitive Processes3.2 Processing Consecutive Coincidences; 3.2.1 The Composition of the Algorithm; 3.2.2 Wherein the Seeds of Success Lie; 3.2.3 Wherein the Deficiencies Lie; 3.2.4 How to Overcome the Deficiencies; 3.3 Processing Simultaneous Coincidences; 3.3.1 The Composition of the Algorithm; 3.3.2 The Reasons for Success; 3.3.3 The Deficiencies of the Program; 3.3.4 The Path to Overcoming These Deficiencies; 3.4 On Structures and Classes; 3.4.1 The Evolution of Memory; 3.4.2 Fields of Similarity; 3.4.3 On Structural and Class Hierarchies 4.4.3 The Nature of the Natural System
    Chapter 5: The Systems of Explanation and Understanding; 5.1 The Conditions and Our Faculties; 5.1.1 The Preconditions; 5.1.2 The Hypotheses of Causes and Purposes; 5.1.3 Common Sense and Intuition; 5.1.4 The Psychology of Explaining and Understanding; 5.2 Changes in Cultural History; 5.2.1 The Beginnings in Our Culture; 5.2.2 Antiquity and the Middle Ages; 5.2.3 The Modern Era; 5.2.4 The Concepts of Understanding Today; 5.3 The Conditions of Explaining; 5.3.1 On Causal Explanations; 5.3.2 The Double Pyramid of Explanation
    Chapter 4: Structuring the Perceived4.1 A Theory of the World; 4.1.1 The Hierarchic Structure of Things; 4.1.2 On Transformation and Emergence; 4.1.3 The Broadest Parameters; 4.2 The Order of Things; 4.2.1 The Process of Reciprocal Enlightenment; 4.2.2 The Three Fundamental Types of Complex Similarity; 4.2.3 The Four Fundamental Forms of Complex Order; 4.3 The Principles of Morphology; 4.3.1 The Theorem of Homology; 4.3.2 Type and Bodyplan; 4.3.3 A Theory of the Phene and Character; 4.4 The Principles of Systematics; 4.4.1 The Weighting Problem; 4.4.2 Optimizing the Class Concepts
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Sarah A. Woodson and Frédéric H.T. Allain.
    Contents:
    Native purification and analysis of long RNAs
    Characterizing RNA excited states using NMR relaxation
    Quantifying nucleic acid ensembles with x-ray scattering interferometry
    2-aminopurine fluroescence as a probe of local RNA structure and dynamics and global folding
    Mod-seq: a high-throughput method for probing RNA secondary structure
    Reproducible analysis of sequencing-based RNA structure probing data with user-friendly tools
    Computational methods for RNA structure validation and improvement
    Structures of large RNAs and RNA-protein complexes: toward structure determination of riboswitches
    One, two, three, four! How multiple RRMs read the genome sequence
    Combining NMR and EPR to determine structures of large RNAs and protein-RNA complexes in solution
    Structural analysis of protein-RNA complexes in solution using NMR paramagnetic relaxation enhancements
    Resolving individual components in protein-RNA complexes using small-angle x-ray scattering experiments
    Small-anlge neurtron scattering for structural biology of protein-RNA complexes
    Strudying RNA-protein interactions of Pre-mRNA complexes by mass spectrometry
    RNA bind-n-Seq: measuring the binding affinity landscape of RNA-binding proteins
    Using molecular simulation to model high-resolution Cryo-EM reconstructions
    In vitro reconstitution and crystallization of Cas9 endonuclease bound to a guide RNA and a DNA target
    Single-molecule pull-down FRET to dissect the mechanisms of biomolecular machines
    Single-molecule imaging of RNA splicing in live cells.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Michael T. Compton, Marc W. Manseau.
    Summary: "Struggle and Solidarity presents seven key pieces of federal legislation and demonstrates how public policies--even when not explicitly mental health related--can shape social determinants and improve mental health"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Fixing the "endlessly revolving door" : how laws impact social determinants and thus mental health / Marc W. Manseau, Michael T. Compton
    Saving farmers and striving for food security : the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1933 / Michael T. Compton, Julie C. Suarez
    From worker exploitation to union solidarity : the National Labor Relations Act of 1935 / Flávio Casoy, Marc W. Manseau
    A stay against financial catastrophe : the Social Security Act of 1935 / Caroline L. Bersak, Matthew Wolfe
    Clearing the air for mental health : the Clean Air Act of 1963 / Benson S. Ku, Elizabeth Haase
    Still on the road to freedom : the Civil Rights Act of 1964 / Daniel Neghassi, Taiwo P. Alonge
    The times they are a-changin' : the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 / Rebecca A. Powers
    Remodeling and breaking new ground : the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1965 / Jacob M. Izenberg, Brie A. Garner, Andrew T. Turk
    Learning from history's lessons : how mental health professionals can participate in policy change / Michael T. Compton, Marc W. Manseau.
  • Digital
    Noel Entwistle.
    Summary: The research described in Student Learning and Academic Understanding had its origins in the pioneering work of Ausubel, Bruner, and McKeachie and followed two complementary lines of development. The first line extended the ideas of Marton on approaches to learning through an inventory designed to assess these approaches among large samples of students and using in-depth interviews with students about their experiences of academic understanding. The second line drew on a range of studies to explore the influences of university teaching and the whole teaching-learning environment on the quality of student learning. Taking the research as a whole shows the value of complementary research approaches to describing student learning, while the findings brought together in the final chapter suggest ways of supporting deep approaches and the development of personal academic understanding among students. Student Learning and Academic Understanding covers a wide range of concepts that have emerged from interviews in which students use their own experiences to describe how they study and what they find most useful in developing an academic understanding of their own. These concepts differ from the traditional psychological concepts by being focused on the specific contexts of university and college, although they are also relevant to the later stages of school education.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    edited by Sara Holder and Amber Lannon.
    Summary: Academic libraries have always promoted student success through teaching and research support and through instruction in information literacy, a skill that is understood to be useful not just for academic success but also for life success. For college and university students, learning to live well and attend to their mental health are life skills they can and should develop during this time, and academic libraries are increasingly playing a role in this part of the student experience. Student Wellness and Academic Libraries can help those charged with leading these efforts gain valuable insigh. Post secondary institutions are high stress environments for many students: Undergraduates may be living on their own for the first time, coping with demanding academic requirements, and experimenting with drugs, alcohol, and new social relationships and identities. Advanced degree students tend to have a high level of job insecurity and are also more likely than other students to be juggling family obligations on top of their studies, research, and teaching. Mental health disorders have their peak onset during the university and college years, and severe anxiety is on the rise. Many university libraries across North America are expanding their service offerings to include student wellness initiatives or are making their space available to other campus entities to provide wellness support as mental health issues and awareness of mental health challenges on campus have increased. Student Wellness and Academic Libraries gathers multiple perspectives on wellness programming and discussions of current activities, with case studies, commentary, and research on student wellness initiatives in academic libraries. Some chapters explore one initiative in detail, and others look at a variety of activities and how they fit within a strategy; some focus on a particular aspect of wellness, and others on a particular at-risk group.Academic libraries have always promoted student success through teaching and research support and through instruction in information literacy, a skill that is understood to be useful not just for academic success but also for life success. For college and university students, learning to live well and attend to their mental health are life skills they can and should develop during this time, and academic libraries are increasingly playing a role in this part of the student experience. Student Wellness and Academic Libraries can help those charged with leading these efforts gain valuable insight into ideas and directions the library can take in pursuit of that goal -- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Preface / Sara Holder and Amber Lannon
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction / Sara Holder and Amber Lannon
    Chapter 1. Then You Can Start to Make It Better: How Academic Libraries Are Promoting and Fostering Student Wellness / Lorna E. Rourke
    Chapter 2. Peer Assisted Study Sessions: How Academic Libraries Can Influence Student Well-Being through Academic Programs and Intentional Partnerships / Christina Sylka, Cassie Gilpin, Kimberly Fama
    Chapter 3. A Case for the Empathetic Librarian / Melissa Beuoy
    Chapter 4. "I'll Go With You": Safety and Wellness Initiatives to Support Trans and Gender-Nonconforming Academic Library Users / Heather Cyre
    Chapter 5. Cultivating Belonging: Diversity and Inclusion Initiatives at the Leonard Lief Library, Lehman College--CUNY / Joan Jocson-Singh, Alison Lehner-Quam, and Rebecca Arzola
    Chapter 6. Welcoming Students with Children: Building a Family Study Space at the University of Toronto Libraries / Kyla Everall and Jesse Carliner
    Chapter 7. Wellness Support for Student Library Employees: A Staff Development Tool Kit for Library Employees Who Supervise Students / Heather Burroughs and Judy Quist
    Chapter 8. The Development of Multiuse Meditation Rooms / JJ Pionke
    Chapter 9. Supporting Digital Wellness and Well-Being / Julia Feerrar
    Chapter 10. Designing for Wellness: A Student/Librarian Collaboration / Barbara Rockenbach, Shyamolie Biyani, and Francie Mrkich
    Chapter 11. Beyond Therapy Dogs: Rethinking Animal Policies to Protect and Promote Student Wellness for All Library Users / Jacqueline Frank
    Chapter 12. Student Wellness through Physical Activity: Promotion in the Academic Library / Noah Lenstra
    Chapter 13. Wellness Overdue? Check In at the Weldon Library Wellness Station: Partnering for Student Wellness / Nicole Maddock, Melanie-Anne Atkins, Monica Fazekas, and Jennifer Robinson
    Chapter 14. Welcoming Wellness: Collaborating with Campus Wellness Programs to Promote Student Wellness Activities in the Library and across Campus / Theresa McDevitt, Li Teng, Susan Graham, Ann Sesti, and Sara Dillon.
  • Print
    von Erling Rustung.
    Contents:
    I. Untersuchung über das Rachitisvorkommen in einem norwegischen Binnental.
    Access via Acta paediatrica 1935; 27
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Studies in ancient medicine to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Studies in health technology and informatics to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    by N. Hamilton Fairley ... Lieut.-Colonel F.P. Mackie ... and F. Jasudasan ...
  • Print
    Edited by S. B. Sells. Foreword by Lois R. Chatham. Contributions by Robert G. Demaree, and others.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Evaluation of treatments.--
    v. 2. Research on patients, treatments, and outcomes.--
    v. 3. Further studies of drug users, treatment typologies, and assessment of outcomes during treatment in DARP.--
    v. 4. Evaluation of treatment outcomes for 1971-1972 DARP admission cohort.--
    v. 5. Evaluation of treatment outcomes for 1972-1973 DARP admission cohort.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L566 .S92 1974
    2
  • Digital
    Paul C. Guest, editor
    Summary: The Middle East is known as the cradle of civilization. It was the crossroads of ancient empires and the birthplace of major world religions. Today it is the center of many world issues due to its economic, religious and political importance. Although it has lagged behind many other regions of the world in medicinal research, this has increased dramatically in recent years with increasing numbers of relevant publications and the country of Iran has spearheaded this progress. Much of the research has focused on increasing our understanding of the aging process and attempting to identify biomarkers and natural products to improve the human healthspan. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the research conducted in the Middle East on the health benefits of curcumin, a phytochemical derived from the famous spice turmeric. Hundreds of studies have now been published describing the health benefits of this spice. The importance of this research is exemplified by poor data regarding health and longevity as only 0.08% of the population in Iran consists of individuals over 90 years of age. This is approximately 10 times lower than the percentage of this same age group in the United Kingdom and the United States of America and almost 20 times lower than that in Japan. This book presents a series of reviews and meta-studies describing research which has resulted in identification potential new biomarkers and drug targets for age-related disorders. All of the studies have focussed on the testing of curcumin and related products, which have already shown some promising leads in age-related conditions such as heart-disease, diabetes, cognitive impairment and cancer. The authors in this series come from different centers and cities of Iran, including Mashhad, Tehran, Isfahan, Ahvaz, Birjand, Quchan and Yazd, and many of the chapters feature collaborations with other countries of the Middle East and throughout the world, including Brazil, Italy, Mexico, Oman, Poland, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. This underscores the emergence of the Middle East into this arena of research. The book will be of high interest to scientific and clinical researchers in the subject of aging and age-related disease, and to physicians and pharmaceutical company scientists since it gives insights into the latest strategies, biomarkers and targets involved in the mechanism of action of curcumin to promote healthy aging. It will also provide important information on disease mechanisms related to age-related disorders, as each chapter will be presented in the context of specific chronic diseases. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Geralyn Ochs, RN, AGACNP-BC, ACNP-BC, ANP-BC, Associate Professor of Nursing, Coordinator of the Adult Gerontological Acute Care Nurse Practitioner Program, St. Louis University School of Nursing, St. Louis, Missouri.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RT41 .F8633 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Parikh, Tapan; Dulcan, Mina K.
    Summary: This is a question-and-answer guide that allows you to evaluate your mastery of the subject matter as you progress through the companion textbook. It is made up of approximately 295 questions and each answer is accompanied by a brief discussion that not only addresses the correct response but also explains why other responses are not correct.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Half Title
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    PART I: Questions
    CHAPTER 1 Process of Assessment and Diagnosis
    CHAPTER 2 Assessing Infants and Toddlers
    CHAPTER 3 Assessing the Preschool-Age Child
    CHAPTER 4 Assessing the Elementary School
    Age Child
    CHAPTER 5 Assessing Adolescents
    CHAPTER 6 Neurological Examination, Electroencephalography, Neuroimaging, and Neuropsychological Testing
    CHAPTER 7 Intellectual Disability
    CHAPTER 8 Autism Spectrum Disorders
    CHAPTER 9 Communication Disorders, Specific Learning Disorder, and Motor Disorder CHAPTER 10 Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
    CHAPTER 11 Oppositional Defiant Disorder and Conduct Disorder
    CHAPTER 12 Substance Use Disorders and Addictions
    CHAPTER 13 Depressive and Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorders
    CHAPTER 14 Bipolar Disorder
    CHAPTER 15 Anxiety Disorders
    CHAPTER 16 Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Persistent Complex Bereavement Disorder
    CHAPTER 17 Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
    CHAPTER 18 Early-Onset Schizophrenia
    CHAPTER 19 Eating and Feeding Disorders
    CHAPTER 20 Tic Disorders
    CHAPTER 21 Elimination Disorders CHAPTER 22 Sleep-Wake Disorders
    CHAPTER 23 Evidence-Based Practice
    CHAPTER 24 Child Abuse and Neglect
    CHAPTER 25 Cultural and Religious Issues
    CHAPTER 26 Youth Suicide
    CHAPTER 27 Gender and Sexual Diversity in Childhood and Adolescence
    CHAPTER 28 Aggression and Violence
    CHAPTER 29 Psychiatric Emergencies
    CHAPTER 30 Family Transitions: Challenges and Resilience
    CHAPTER 31 Legal and Ethical Issues
    CHAPTER 32 Telemental Health and e-Mental Health Applications With Children and Adolescents
    CHAPTER 33 Principles of Psychopharmacology CHAPTER 34 Medications Used for ADHD
    CHAPTER 35 Antidepressants
    CHAPTER 36 Mood Stabilizers
    CHAPTER 37 Antipsychotic Medications
    CHAPTER 38 Individual Psychotherapy
    CHAPTER 39 Parent Counseling, Psychoeducation, and Parent Support Groups
    CHAPTER 40 Behavioral Parent Training
    CHAPTER 41 Family-Based Assessment and Treatment
    CHAPTER 42 Interpersonal Psychotherapy for Depressed Adolescents
    CHAPTER 43 Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment for Anxiety and Depression
    CHAPTER 44 Motivational Interviewing
    CHAPTER 45 Systems of Care, Wraparound Services, and Home-Based Services CHAPTER 46 Milieu Treatment: Inpatient, Partial Hospitalization, and Residential Programs
    CHAPTER 47 School-Based Interventions
    CHAPTER 48 Collaborating With Primary Care
    CHAPTER 49 Collaborating With Inpatient and Subspecialty Pediatrics
    Part II: Answer Guide
    CHAPTER 1 Process of Assessment and Diagnosis
    CHAPTER 2 Assessing Infants and Toddlers
    CHAPTER 3 Assessing the Preschool-Age Child
    CHAPTER 4 Assessing the Elementary School
    Age Child
    CHAPTER 5 Assessing Adolescents
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2023
  • Digital
    Haifa Alotaibi.
    Summary: The book provides A-Z information of surgical disorders in a concise and engaging format and serves as a complete reference for surgical trainees to prepare for the annual promotion and final clinical board exam specially the oral exam. It enhances the subject knowledge and provides distilled information required for clinical exams. The book teaches the resident how to approach a patient with a particular complaint, covering all the possible diagnoses, the operative techniques, and the post-operative follow up. The book provides evidenced based up-to-date information on the examination references in a very simple way. It includes algorithms and illustrations that provide better understanding and eliminate common areas of confusion that result in misdiagnosis and mismanagement; it focuses on the areas in which candidates commonly fail during the exams. Every chapter includes a practice section that provides the opportunity to practice learning outcomes in the form of multiple case scenarios and questions for discussion, along with ideal answers against which readers can test their knowledge using the provided checklist. These case scenarios are very interesting and unique asset of this book. The book is useful for surgical trainees and graduate students, who are preparing for their surgery board clinical exam. It may also be beneficial to the surgeons who have just qualified and passed their board, particularly who are in the early part of their professional career.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgment
    Contents
    About the Author
    1: Surgical Aspects of Breast Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    1.1 Part I: Knowledge
    1.1.1 Approach to Patient with Breast Lesion
    1.1.2 Management of Benign Breast Lesions
    1.1.3 Management of Invasive Breast Cancer
    1.1.4 Operations for Breast Cancer
    1.1.5 Modified Radical Mastectomy
    1.1.6 Postoperative Follow-Up
    1.2 Part II: Practice
    1.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    1.2.2 Answer Key
    References
    2: Surgical Aspects of Thyroid Diseases for Clinical Board Exams 2.1 Part I: Knowledge
    2.1.1 History of Thyroid Complaint
    2.1.2 Approach to Patient with Thyroid Nodule
    2.1.3 Management of Common Benign Thyroid Disease
    2.1.3.1 Thyroiditis
    2.1.3.2 Hyperthyroidism
    2.1.4 Operation for Thyroid Gland
    2.2 Part II: Practice
    2.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    2.2.2 Answer Key
    References
    3: Surgical Aspects of Parathyroid Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    3.1 Part I: Knowledge
    3.1.1 Approach to Patient with Hypercalcemia
    3.2 Part II: Practice
    3.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    3.2.2 Answer Key
    References 4: Surgical Aspects of Adrenal Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    4.1 Part I: Knowledge
    4.1.1 Approach to Patient with Adrenal Incidentaloma
    4.1.2 Pheochromocytoma
    4.1.3 Cushing Syndrome
    4.1.4 Approach to Patient with Suspected Hyperaldosteronism
    4.1.5 Adrenocortical Cancer
    4.1.6 Adrenalectomy
    4.1.7 Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy
    4.2 Part II: Practice
    4.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    4.2.2 Answer Key
    References
    5: Surgical Aspects of Liver Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    5.1 Part I: Knowledge 5.1.1 History of Right Upper Abdominal Pain or Mass
    5.1.2 Approach to Patient with Liver Mass
    5.1.3 Benign Liver Lesions
    5.1.4 Malignant Liver Lesions
    5.1.5 Portal Hypertension
    5.1.6 Hepatic Operations
    5.2 Part II: Practice
    5.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    5.2.2 Answer Key
    References
    6: Surgical Aspects of Biliary Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    6.1 Part I: Knowledge
    6.1.1 Management of Asymptomatic Gallstones
    6.1.2 Management of Acute Cholecystitis
    6.1.3 Approach to Patient with Jaundice
    6.1.4 Approach to Patient with Cholangitis 6.1.5 Management of Choledocholithiasis
    6.1.6 Management of Mirizzi Syndrome
    6.1.7 Management of Gallstone Ileus
    6.1.8 Management of Cystic Disorders of the Bile Duct
    6.1.9 Management of Bile Duct Injury
    6.1.10 Management of Gallbladder Cancer
    6.1.11 Management of Extrahepatic Cholangiocarcinoma
    6.1.12 Biliary Operations
    6.2 Part II: Practice
    6.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    6.2.2 Answer Key
    References
    7: Surgical Aspects of Pancreatic and Splenic Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    7.1 Part I: Knowledge
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Richard K. Riegelman.
    Summary: This complete package of textbook, interactive exercises, and real research articles is designed for use alongside Journal Clubs conducted in medical, nursing, and other health professions programs, as well as in evidence-based medicine courses. It employs the authors' proven, step-by-step framework, and strengthens students' and residents' ability to recognize a meaningful study, identify potential study flaws, and apply solid evidence in clinical decision making.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library (Medical Education)
    LWW Health Library (PA Rotations)
  • Digital
    Robert D. Martin, Warren Boling, Gang Chen, John H. Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the latest developments in acute and delayed neurovascular injury studies including delayed cerebral vasospasm, early brain injury, micro-circulation compromise, spreading cortical depolarization, neuroinflammation, and long-term cognitive dysfunctions after subarachnoid hemorrhage. About 32 chapters cover original presentations from the 14th international conference on neurovascular events after subarachnoid hemorrhage, held in Los Angeles in October 2017. Neurosurgeons, neurologists, and neuro-ICU practitioners discuss clinical observations, new pilot treatments, clinical trials, academic and industrial interactions, including surgical and endovascular approaches, brain injury monitoring, new developments in brain imaging, ICU management, early brain injury scales and management, counter cortical depolarization management and anti-inflammation management. In addition, animal models used to study acute and delayed neurovascular events, the basic mechanisms of vascular, neuronal, and CSF physiology, new experimental treatment strategies, new frontiers in the treatment of neurovascular injuries, and new research directions are discussed.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Vasospasm: A Personal Odyssey; History of Vasospasm; B.K.A. Weir; Selected Bibliography: Aneurysms and Vasospasm; Clinical Studies; Prognostic Factors and Outcome; Grade and Vasospasm; Cigarette Addiction; Outcome; Time Course of Vasospasm; Management Mortality and Timing of Surgery; Perioperative Care; Blood Flow and Angiographic Studies; Sequelae of Hemorrhage; Edema; Cerebral Infarction; Hematologic and Metabolic; Hydrocephalus; Types of Hemorrhage; Subarachnoid; Intracerebral; Intraventricular; Subdural; Prospective Human Drug Trials; Nimodipine; Nicardipine TirilazadTissue Plasminogen Activator; Unruptured Aneurysms; Experimental Studies; In Vitro Pharmacological and Genetic Studies; In Vitro Physiological Studies; Animal Models; Liquid Blood Injections; Chronic Clot Application to Arteries; Drug Trials in Animals; Anatomical Observations; General; Musings from an Old World of Thought; History of Vasospasm Research in Japan: Commemoration of Professor Tomio Ohta; Dawn; Sunrise and Sunset; Heparin Treatment in Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage: A Review of Human Studies; Introduction; Heparin and Subarachnoid Hemorrhage; Complications of Heparin ConclusionReferences; Subarachnoid Hemorrhage-Related Epilepsy; Introduction; The Epileptic Focus; Subarachnoid Hemorrhage-Related Epilepsy; AED Prophylaxis; Conclusion; References; Part I: Basic Science Section; Cell Culture Model to Study Cerebral Aneurysm Biology; Introduction; Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells; In Vitro VSMC Culture Model to Study CA Biology; Conclusions; References; Rat Model of Intracranial Aneurysm: Variations, Usefulness, and Limitations of the Hashimoto Model; Introduction; Animal Model of IAs; Special Insight in Some Modifiable Factors; BAPN; Strains Ligation of Pterygopalatine ArteryLimitations; References; Possible Involvement of Caspase-Independent Pathway in Neuronal Death After Subarachnoid Hemorrhage in Mice; Introduction; Materials and Methods; SAH Modeling and Study Protocol; SAH Grade; Neurological Score; Histology; Cell Counting; Statistics; Results; Cleaved Caspase-3-Positive Neurons Appeared 24 h After SAH; Both Caspase-3-Related and Caspase-3-Unrelated Dying Neurons Were Observed After SAH; Discussion; References; Nox2 and Nox4 Participate in ROS-Induced Neuronal Apoptosis and Brain Injury During Ischemia-Reperfusion in Rats IntroductionMaterials and Methods; Ethical Approval; Establishing the MCAO Model in Rats; Experimental Group and Drug Administration; Assay of ROS; TTC Staining; Ischemic Penumbra Dissection; Terminal Deoxynucleotidyl Transferase dUTP Nick End-Labeling (TUNEL) Staining and Fluoro-Jade B Staining; Western Blot Analysis; Statistical Analysis; Results; General Observation; Nox2 Inhibitor (gp91ds-tat) and Nox4 Inhibitor (GKT137831) Treatments Reduce ROS Levels in Brain Tissues of Rats After MCAO
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gabriel J. E. Rinkel, Paut Greebe.
    Summary: "This pocket-sized book is a quick-reference practical guide for physicians who deal with patients with subarachnoid hemorrhage or intracranial aneurysms outside the hospital. It describes briefly the epidemiology of subarachnoid hemorrhage, the early recognition and clinical course, and in more depth the aftercare, residual symptoms and deficits. The prognosis and management in the long term are discussed in detail. It also provides information on the counselling and treatment of patients with unruptured intracranial aneurysms. Subarachnoid Hemorrhage in Clinical Practice is aimed at general practitioners and family physicians and will also be informative for other specialists such as rehabilitation physicians, nursing home physicians, and physicians working for health insurance companies. It may also be of interest to patients, relatives, and paramedics."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    What is an aneurysm and what is a subarachnoid hemorrhage
    Aneurysms and subarachnoid hemorrhage in general practice
    In hospital course
    Initial post-hospital course and after-care
    Long-term prognosis
    Clinical research and patient participation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mehmet Turgut, Ali Akhaddar, Walter A. Hall, Ahmet T. Turgut, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth review of the current state of knowledge on the intracranial chronic subdural hematoma, with an emphasis on the etiology, risk factors, pathophysiology, anatomic pathology, epidemiology, clinical presentation, imaging findings, and treatment modalities, both medical and surgical. Sections on the postoperative complications, prognosis, and medicolegal aspects of this illness are also included. Lastly, the book considers future areas of investigation and innovative therapeutic philosophies. This richly illustrated book will help the reader choose the most appropriate way to manage this challenging neurosurgical disease process. It is an ideal resource for neuroscientists at all levels, from graduate students to research scientists, including neurosurgeons, neurologists, neuroradiologists, and pediatricians, and for those seeking both basic and more advanced information regarding the craniospinal subdural hematoma, including acute, subacute and chronic ones.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Rehana Rehman, Aisha Sheikh.
    Summary: "With the increased prevalence of subfertility (any form of reduced fertility with prolonged time of unwanted non-conception) and the number of subfertile patients turning to assisted reproductive clinics for help, Subfertility: Recent Advances for Management and Prevention is a much-needed resource for today’s health care providers. Written by doctors with extensive expertise in the areas of reproductive physiology and endocrinology, it provides a description of the methods for achieving conception, an overview of the causes of subfertility and how to detect them, a review of the psychological impact of subfertility, guidelines for the treatment of subfertility, and a look at assisted reproductive technologies"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and embryology of male and female reproductive systems
    Reproductive endocrine physiology
    Reproductive cycle
    Ovarian reserve
    Introduction to subfertility
    Impact of subfertility
    Polycystic ovary syndrome and subfertility
    Endometriosis and subfertility
    Thyroid imbalance and subfertility
    Pituitary disorders and subfertility
    Oxidative stress and oocyte microenvironment
    Assisted reproductive techniques
    Way forward.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jane A. Stewart.
    Summary: Reproductive medicine and surgery is a major subspecialty in the practice of obstetrics and gynaecology. This textbook provides an introduction to the field of subfertility and reproductive endocrinology, with contributions written by leading experts in the field. This book is based on and compliments a training programme run jointly by the British Fertility Society and the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists, making it an indispensable handbook for medical trainees. It will also appeal to clinicians embarking on a career in obstetrics and gynaecology who want an excellent grounding in this area. Specialist nurses will also find the book a valuable resource, and scientists specialising in reproductive medicine and embryology will gain insight into the related clinical areas.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Print
    Summary: There are 9 vols. in the Subject section; 5 vols. in the Biographical section and 4 vols. in the Topographical section. This series reproduces the card subject catalog of the library and includes a cumulation of Current Work in the History of Medicine (No. 6451.1). Material is included until 1977.

    Contents:
    Subject section (9 v.).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z688.M4 W447
    9
  • Digital
    Alan David Kaye, Nalini Vadivelu, Richard D. Urman, editors.
    Summary: This book is written for any clinician who encounters substance abuse in a patient and wonders what to do. Experts from a cross-section of specialties and health professions provide up-to-date, evidence-based guidance on how non-expert clinicians can recognize, understand, and approach the management of substance abuse in their patients. They detail the range of treatments available and whether and how they work. The central importance of using a carefully selected multimodal approach that is tailored to the individual patient is emphasized throughout and illustrated in case scenarios from actual clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Demographics
    Legal Issues
    The multidisciplinary approach to substance abuse management
    Why a multidisciplinary approach?
    The role of the physician
    The role of the psychologist
    The role of the nurse
    The role of the physical therapist and the occupational therapist
    The role of the pharmacist
    Screening and assessment for substance abuse
    Inpatient screening and assessment
    Outpatient screening and assessment
    Substances of Abuse
    Food
    Alcohol (genetics, prevention, complications, and treatment)
    Tobacco
    Induction agents (propofol, nitrous oxide, and inhaled agents)
    Prescription drugs
    Cocaine
    Amphetamines
    Herbs
    Opioids
    Treatment Modalities
    Pharmacotherapy in substance abuse and addiction
    Methadone
    Buprenorphine
    Opioid sparing drugs(ketamine, clonidine, gabapentin, and novel analgesics)
    Non-pharmacological approaches (relaxation techniques, acupuncture, nerve stimulation, hypnosis, etc.)
    Special Clinical Scenarios
    Post-operative pain management (including regional anesthesia)
    Management of chronic pain
    Management of acute pain
    Unique Issues in Selected Populations
    Children and adolescents
    Older adults
    Healthcare professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Pedro Ruiz, Professor and Executive Vice-Chair, Director of Clinical Programs, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Miller School of Medicine, University of Miami, Miami, Florida, Eric C. Strain, Professor, Director, Johns Hopkins Center for Substance Abuse Treatment and Research, Medical Director, Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Summary: "Stay up to date with the latest substance abuse treatments and modes of intervention with The Substance Abuse Handbook, 2e. The editors are both nationally recognized clinicians, and provide authoritative, clinically oriented information on the subject of substance use, abuse, and dependence, with an emphasis on diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.You'll find focused, expert information on every aspect of the field, including etiological factors; substances of abuse; compulsive and addictive behaviors; evaluation and diagnostic classification; treatment modalities, management of associated medical conditions; substance abuse in youth and the elderly; women's issue; special groups and settings; models of prevention; training and education; and policy issues. Succinctly presenting the most clinically relevant information from Lowinson and Ruiz's Substance Abuse, 5e, this concise, portable handbook is a must-have reference for anyone involved directly or indirectly in the addiction field.New to This Edition Find the practical information you need fast with this edition's focused coverage of basic science and greater emphasis on clinical concerns. Stay current with the latest information in the field, including changes reflecting the release of DSM-5. Access updated information in key topic areas, including "Special Populations," "Special Settings," and "Models of Prevention."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Etiology
    Epidemiology
    Evaluation and diagnosis
    Alcohol
    Opiates
    Cocaine and crack
    Cannabis
    Amphetamines and other stimulants
    Sedative-hypnotics
    Hallucinogens
    PCP, MDMA, and designer drugs
    Inhalants
    Nicotine
    Caffeine
    Anabolic-androgenic steroids
    Eating disorders
    Pathologic gambling
    Sexual addiction
    Internet addiction
    Methadone maintenance treatment
    Buprenorphine treatment
    Naltrexone and other pharmacotherapies for opioid dependence
    Alcohol abstinence pharmacotherapy treatment
    Vaccines for substance use disorders
    Acupuncture
    Nicotine treatment
    Psychosocial treatment
    The therapeutic community
    Individual psychotherapy
    Group therapy
    Family/couples therapy
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy
    Contingency management
    Motivational interviewing and enhancement
    Relapse prevention
    Management of associated medical conditions
    Medical complications of drug use/dependence
    Psychiatric complications of HIV-1 infection and drug abuse
    Acute and chronic pain
    Psychiatric comorbidity
    Medication interactions
    Models of prevention
    Substance abuse among adolescents and the elderly
    Women and addictions
    Special populations
    Incarcerated populations
    Substance use disorders among health-care professionals
    The homeless
    Training and education
    Forensics.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (PA Rotations)
  • Digital
    Xiaochu Zhang, Jie Shi, Ran Tao, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Overview of Substance and Non-substance Addictions
    1. Received view of addiction, relapse and treatment
    2. Definition of substance and non-substance addiction
    Part II. Comparison Between Substance and Non-substance Addictions in Mechanism
    3. Similarities and differences in neurobiology
    4. Similarities and differences in genetics
    5. Similarities and differences in neuroimaging
    6. Similarities and differences in psychology
    Part III. Comparison Between Substance and Non-substance Addictions in Diagnosis
    7. Similarities and differences in diagnostic criterion
    8. Similarities and differences in diagnostic scales
    9. Biochemical diagnosis in substance and non-substance addiction
    10. Development of new diagnostic techniques- machine learning
    Part IV. Comparison Between Substance and Non-substance Addictions in Treatment
    11. Drug therapy
    12. Physical therapy
    13. Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) therapy
    14. Nutrition support therapy
    15. Psychotherapy
    16. Cognitive-behavioral therapy
    Part V. Summary and Prospect
    17. Summary and Prospect
    Erratum
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Evaristo Akerele, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews the myriad of elements that layer substance abuse disorder, a significant public health issue. It addresses the strong stigma associated with the disease, particularly in regard to the doctor patient relationships. The book begins by explaining the importance of integrating psychiatric and substance use disorder treatment by demonstrating the efficacy of this treatment model. Subsequent to this are chapters dedicated to specific addiction disorders, including cocaine, opioids, gambling, food, and sex addictions. Chapters also examine how addiction can differ among various neurobiological, genetic, socioeconomic, and age demographics. The book closes with histories, policies, and modalities of drug use which serve as a key component to building a foundation for effective and ethical health policy. Written by international experts in addiction psychiatry, Substance and Non-Substance Related Addictions: A Global Approach is a valuable resource for all practitioners seeking to expand their knowledge of addiction medicine.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Comorbid & Age Related Drug Use
    Drug Use and Mental Health: Comorbidity between Substance Use and Psychiatric Disorders
    ADHD and Co-Occurring Substance Use Disorders
    Substance Use in Older Adults
    Child and Adolescent Substance Abuse Disorders
    Section 2: Nonsubstance Addictions
    Compulsive Sexual Behavior
    Food Addiction
    Internet Addiction
    Gambling Disorder
    Section 3: Mechanisms, Race and Gender
    Neurobiological process of Addiction
    The Genetics of Substance Use
    Drug Abuse and Race
    Women and Substance Use Disorders
    Section 4: Key Drugs of Abuse
    Cannabinoids: The case for legal regulation that permits recreational adult use
    Cocaine
    Opioids
    Designer Drugs
    Prescription Drugs
    Section 5: Special Issues in Substance Use
    Drug Policy
    Global Drug Use
    Drug Abuse and Education
    Drug Abuse and Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Abigail L. Donovan and Suzanne A. Bird.
    Summary: This book fills a gap in the existing medical literature by providing a best-practice approach to the evaluation and acute treatment of patients presenting for emergency care with identifiable substance use and/or co-occurring psychiatric disorders. As the first interdisciplinary book to integrate psychiatric and emergency care, the text uniquely covers a myriad of serious medical conditions, acute mental status and dangerous behavioral abnormalities. The book focuses on guidelines that support emergency room physicians with little formal medical training in addiction medicine. The first section focuses on the diagnosis and management of substance-specific intoxication and withdrawal states, as well as common medical co-morbidities and disposition considerations. The book lends particular attention to the identification and stabilization of high risk medical conditions associated with each substance of abuse. The second section is psychiatrically focused, addressing the most common psychiatric symptoms and syndromes, their association with SUDs, an approach to differential diagnosis, and discussion of crucial treatment considerations for both safe ED management and post-ED disposition. A final section includes other pertinent topics, for example, the assessment of patient safety, responding to the medication-seeking patient, assessment and treatment of pregnant patients and working with adolescents and their families around substance use. Substance Use and The Acute Patient is a unique and valuable contribution to the literature for both consulting psychiatrists, emergency medicine specialists, addiction medicine specialists, and all other medical professionals who provide care for these most complex and underserved patients. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Opioid Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
    Alcohol and Sedative Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
    Stimulant Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
    Cannabis Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
    Management of Acute Substance Use Disorders: Hallucinogens and Associated Compounds
    Substance/Medication-Induced Mood States and Co-Occurring Mood and Substance Use Disorders: Evaluation and Management in Emergency Department and Psychiatric Emergency Service Settings
    Substance-Induced Psychosis and Co-Occurring Psychotic Disorders
    Substance-Induced Anxiety and Co-Occurring Anxiety Disorders
    Patients with Co-Occurring Substance Use and Personality Disorders
    Preventing and Managing Risk of Violence and Suicide in Substance Abusing Patients in the Emergency Department
    Responding to the Medication-Seeking Patient
    Substance Use in Children and Adolescents
    Emergency Management of Substance Use in Pregnant Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kristin Waite-Labott.
    Summary: This book develops on substance use disorder in healthcare workers, a topic not often discussed. While the phenomena is nothing new, the desire to learn about it is. This book describes why substance use disorder occurs in healthcare workers, explains how to recognize substance use disorder in peers and how to care for them. It discusses the barriers to seeking treatment, provides different monitoring programs and disciplinary actions, and educates on the recovery and how those with long term recovery maintain it. This book also intends to decrease stigmatizing behaviors. While the main focus is nursing, this book can be helpful to any healthcare professional group.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michael A. Nader, Yasmin L. Hurd, editors.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to provide a broad scope of substance use disorder research and how these findings can impact treatment outcomes. The research and outcomes described in this book represent important principles related to identifying and understanding factors related to substance use disorders. The first section is dedicated to methodology including population-based surveys, basic neuroanatomy, chemistry, molecular biology, behavioral models and brain imaging. The second section utilizes this methodology in research related to opioids, cocaine, marijuana, alcohol and nicotine. The book is aimed at both professionals (academics, clinicians, practitioners) and students or trainees.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    References
    Contents
    Methods for Population Research on Substance Use and Consequences
    1 Introduction
    2 Population Research on Substance Use and Consequences
    2.1 Data Collection Methods
    2.1.1 Surveys
    2.1.2 Ecological Momentary Assessment
    2.1.3 Administrative Data
    2.1.4 Audit Methods
    2.1.5 Unobtrusive Assessment of Substance Use
    3 Measures
    3.1 Measures of Own Use
    3.1.1 Type of Substance
    3.1.2 Mode of Consumption
    3.1.3 Quantity and Frequency of Use
    3.1.4 Setting
    3.1.5 Source
    3.1.6 Problems Associated with Use 3.2 Harming Others
    4 Causal Factors and Correlates of Substance Use and Consequences
    4.1 Individual Causal Factors and Correlates
    4.1.1 Sociodemographic Factors
    4.1.2 Sexual Orientation and Identity
    4.1.3 Personality and Attitudinal Factors
    4.1.4 Personality and Attitudinal Factors
    4.1.5 Mental Health
    4.2 Environmental Causal Factors and Correlates
    4.2.1 Situational Factors
    4.2.2 Family Factors
    4.2.3 Peer Networks
    4.2.4 Availability of Substances
    4.2.5 Price
    4.2.6 Marketing
    4.2.7 Policy
    4.2.8 Enforcement Practices
    4.2.9 Community Characteristics 4.3 GWAS Identified a nAChR Subunit Risk Variant Associated with Nicotine Dependence
    4.4 Molecular and Pharmacological Approaches Have Defined Roles for Genetic Polymorphisms in Substance Use Disorder Physiology
    4.5 Animals: Behavioral Models of Substance Use Disorder
    4.6 Use of Animal Models to Explore Genetic Polymorphisms Associated with Substance Use Disorder
    4.7 Transcriptomics and Substance Use Disorder
    4.8 Cell-Type Specificity: Single-Cell and FACS-Based Approaches
    5 Epigenetic Components of SUD
    5.1 Histone Modifications
    5.2 DNA Methylation 5 Summary and Conclusion
    5.1 Accumulation of Knowledge
    5.2 Translation of Knowledge
    5.3 Limitations
    References
    Translational Molecular Approaches in Substance Abuse Research
    1 Introduction
    2 The Neurobiology of Substance Use Disorder
    3 Substance Use Disorder Heritability
    4 Genetic Components of SUD
    4.1 Consideration of SUD Phenotypes in Human Clinical Populations
    4.2 Genome-Wide Associations and Functional Validation Studies Reveal Genetic Susceptibility and Neurobiological Mechanisms of... 5.3 Chromatin Structure
    6 Conclusions and Future Directions
    References
    Small Molecule Neuropeptide S and Melanocortin 4 Receptor Ligands as Potential Treatments for Substance Use Disorders
    1 SUDs Medications Development
    2 Neuropeptide S (NPS)
    2.1 Oxazolo[3,4-a]pyrazin-3-ones
    2.2 Pyranopyrimidine Derivatives
    2.3 Furo[3,4-c]pyridine Derivatives
    2.4 Imidazopyridines
    2.5 Quinolinone Derivatives
    2.6 Tricyclic Imidazole Derivatives
    2.7 Indan-1,3-dione and Indan-1-one Derivatives
    2.8 Pyrroloimidazole Derivatives
    3 Melanocortin 4 (MC4)
    3.1 Spiropiperidines
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Tiffany Jana and Michael Baran.
    Summary: "This practical, accessible, nonjudgmental handbook is the first to help individuals and organizations recognize and prevent microaggressions, so that all employees can feel the sense of belonging in the workplace that they deserve"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access O'Reilly 2020
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BF575.P9 J354 2020
    1
  • Digital
    John P. Sánchez, editor.
    Summary: This first-of-its-kind book for underrepresented racial and ethnic minorities (URM), women, and sexual and gender minorities in medicine offers the core knowledge and skills needed to achieve a well-planned, fulfilling career in academic medicine. The knowledge and skills provided by the esteemed co-authors, successful diverse pre-faculty, and junior and senior academicians, are complemented by their inspirational and motivational stories. Increasing diversity in the academic medicine workforce has been identified and embraced as a core value of institutional excellence at nearly all academic institutions and professional associations. Despite this established core value, certain groups such as Black/African-American, Latino/Hispanic, American Indian/Alaska Native-identified individuals, women, and sexual and gender minorities, are still present in lower proportions compared with the general population and lack inclusion. In 12 chapters and with a unique focus on a practical approach to increasing diversity and inclusion in academic medicine, this book demystifies the often-insular world of academic medicine. It comprehensively outlines career opportunities and associated responsibilities, how to transform academic-related work to scholarship, and offers a clear and transparent look into the academic appointment and promotion process. By focusing on the practical steps described in this handy book, students and residents can develop a strong foundation for an academic medicine career and succeed in becoming the next generation of diverse faculty and administrators.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Herbert Chen, Lilian S. Kao, editors.
    Summary: This book reinforces the curriculum of the AAS courses and also provides guidance to individual surgeons who have not had the opportunity to attend these courses. This is a valuable reference title for medical students and surgical residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Melina R. Kibbe, Scott A. LeMaire, editors.
    Summary: Academic surgeons play an essential role in advancing the field and improving the care of patients with surgical disease. As the Association for Academic Surgery (AAS) Fall Courses (www.aasurg.org) and international courses continue to evolve to address the rapidly expanding scope and complexity of academic surgery, there is a greater need for an accompanying textbook to supplement the material presented in the courses. Success in Academic Surgery: Basic Science is a unique and portable handbook that focuses on the basic and translational research. It includes new educational materials that are necessary to address not only the rapid evolution and rise of novel research methodologies in basic science and translational research, but also the changing environment for academic surgeons. Success in Academic Surgery: Basic Science is a valuable text for medical students, surgical residents, junior faculty and others considering a career in surgical research.

    Contents:
    How to set up, staff and fund your basic science or translational research laboratory
    Choosing a good basic science or translational research mentor
    Effective time management strategies
    How to read the literature, develop a hypothesis, and design an experiment for basic science and translational research
    Tips on maintaining an effective lab notebook for bench research
    How to conduct cell culture
    Modern techniques for protein assessment
    Modern techniques for DNA and RNA assessments
    Utilizing flow cytometry effectively
    Considerations for immunohistochemistry
    Stem cells: are they pertinent to my research?
    Use of genetically engineered mice for research
    Getting you IACUC proposal approved
    How to protect your intellectual property: invention disclosures and patents
    Statistics for bench research
    Ethics in laboratory research.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gregory Kennedy, Ankush Gosain, Melina Kibbe, Scott A. LeMaire, editors.
    Summary: Combining breadth of coverage with a portable format, this reference has been expertly prepared by Association for Academic Surgery members and guides readers through techniques in reviewing academic literature, laboratory work, statistics and ethical issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Timothy M. Pawlik, Julie A. Sosa.
    Contents:
    Building Your Clinical Trial Research Team
    Clinical Trials: Ensuring Quality and Standardization
    Statistics: Setting the Stage
    Clinical Trials: Handling the Data
    Data Safety Monitoring Boards
    Planning for Data Monitoring and Audits
    The Budget
    Regulatory Considerations in Human Subjects Research
    Publishing a Clinical Trial
    Device Versus Drug Clinical Trials: Similarities and Important Differences
    Defining the Study Cohort: Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
    The History of Clinical Trials
    Ethics of Clinical Trials
    Trial Design: Overview of Study Designs (Phase I, II, III, IV, Factorial Design).
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Justin B. Dimick, Caprice C. Greenberg, editors.
    Summary: Success in Academic Surgery: Health Services Research is a unique handbook which will help researchers and surgeons in obtaining National Institutes of Health funding and other grants, as well as breaking through the barriers to developing a career in academic surgery. Aimed at surgical residents and young surgical faculty, Success in Academic Surgery: Health Services Research is written by expert authors from around the world who are members of the Association for Academic Surgery, and it offers a practical and personal insight on working in academic surgery.

    Contents:
    An Introduction to Health Services Research
    Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Understanding Variations in the Use of Surgery
    Health Policy Research in Surgery
    Studying Surgical Disparities: It's Not All Black and White
    Measuring Health Care Quality in Surgery: Strategies, Limitations, and Currently Available Initiatives
    Using Data for Local Quality Improvement
    Implementation Science and Quality Improvement
    Understanding and Changing Organizational Culture in Surgery
    Assessing Patient-Centered Outcomes
    Studying What Happens in the OR
    Collaborative Quality Improvement
    Large Databases Used for Outcomes Research
    Methods for Enhancing Causal Inference in Observational Studies
    Systematic Review and Meta-analysis: A Clinical Exercise
    Medical Decision-Making Research in Surgery
    Survey Research
    Qualitative Research Methods
    Engaging Students in Surgical Outcomes Research
    Finding a Mentor in Outcomes Research
    What Every Outcomes Research Fellow Should Learn
    Funding Opportunities for Outcomes Research
    Choosing Your First Job as a Surgeon and Health Services Researcher
    Building a Health Services Research Program.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mark S. Cohen, Lillian Kao, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to innovation and entrepreneurship within academic surgery and details how these approaches can develop new technologies and programs that advance healthcare. The pathways, barriers, and opportunities for commercialization and entrepreneurship are identified and discussed in relation to licenses, start-ups, and obtaining funding. The book aims to help create a culture of innovation and entrepreneurship across academic medical centres around the world, with the belief that this can improve patient care. This book is relevant to surgeons of all disciplines, as well as medical students and researchers.

    Contents:
    Developing a surgical innovation: creating a meaningful value proposition and a compelling pitch for impact
    Understanding the impact of your innovation: customer discovery
    Intellectual property, patents, and conflicts of interest
    Navigating the regulatory process
    Getting funding for a surgical innovation: opportunities and challenges
    Industry-academic partnerships in innovation and entrepreneurship: where is the pendulum swinging?
    The biodesign model : training surgeon innovators and entrepreneurs
    The shared investment model: partnering a venture capital fund with a department of surgery/health system
    Creating an innovation center for surgical devices at an academic medical center
    Leveraging multiple schools into a multidisciplinary I & E program at an academic medical center
    Improving industry-academic engagement through development of a surgery department contract research organization
    Funding engineering/surgical partnerships to accelerate commercialization of institutional surgical innovations: the Coulter model
    Creating a multidisciplinary surgical innovations group at an academic medical center to stimulate surgery faculty technology development
    Engaging SBIR funding for development of surgical innovations coming out of academia
    The partners fund model for accelerating surgical innovations
    Training the next generation of surgical innovators and entrepreneurs through a novel innovation pathway and curriculum.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors,Solange Peters, Rolf A. Stahel.
    Contents:
    Targeting oncogenic drivers / Zhao, Y.; Adjei, A.A. (Buffalo, N.Y.)
    Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in breast cancer / Curigliano, G.; Criscitiello, C. (Milan)
    Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in colon cancer / Khne, C.-H. (Oldenburg)
    Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in gastrointestinal stromal tumors / Casali, P.G. (Milano)
    Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in lung cancer / Suda, K. (Osaka-Sayama/Fukuoka); Mitsudomi, T. (Osaka-Sayama)
    Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in melanoma / Romano, R.; Michielin, O. (Lausanne)
    / successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in ovarian cancer / Damia, G. (Milan); Sessa, C. (Bellinzona)
    Successes and limitations of targeted therapies in renal cell carcinoma / Pracht, M.; Berthold, D. (Lausanne).
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Maria Kidner.
    Summary: This book starts by discussing the APN role and the roles of the APN nurses in specific countries and around the globe. It then analyzes the concept of role transition to provide a basis for exploring and developing professional identity, and describes the APN roles of educator, communicator, advocate, mentor, team member and leader to facilitate role transition and professional identity formation. The transition from registered nurse to advanced practice nurse is typically a dramatic life event. Providing insights into role transition, role ethics, and developing a professional identity, the book encourages readers to explore issues that help ensure that the transition is successful. This unique book allows readers to gain the skills to help them negotiate role transition through the development of their professional identity. It describes precise steps for developing personal values, visions, and mission and goal statements; communication skills to enhance authority, accountability, and responsibility of all parties; team-working skills to improve outcomes; and processes for self-understanding. This book is intended for students in APN programs, new graduates, nurses changing roles where there is role transition confusion, and APNs seeking to understand their professional identity and /or gain insights into the multiple roles of the APN.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    About This Book
    Message to Readers
    References
    Contents
    1: APN Role Transition Introduction
    1.1 Definitions
    1.2 What Is Role Transition?
    1.3 What Is Professional Identity?
    1.4 What Is the APN Role All About?
    1.4.1 Nursing and APN Role Definitions
    International Council of Nursing (ICN) (2020)
    World Health Organization
    Florence Nightingale
    China (2004)
    Royal College of Nursing, England (2002)
    United States of America (2010)
    1.4.2 APN's Providing Healthcare
    1.4.3 Why Should I Become an APN? 1.5 How Will Gaining a Professional Identity Impact My Role Transition?
    1.6 How Does This Book Work?
    1.7 Expected Outcomes from This APN Role Transition Book
    1.8 Summary
    Appendix: References Concerning APN Quality of Care
    References
    2: Gaining Insight into Who You Will Become
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Definitions
    2.3 A Day in Clinical Practice
    2.4 The APN Role
    2.4.1 Assumptions About APN
    2.4.2 Characteristics of APN
    2.4.3 Scope of Practice of the APN
    2.4.4 Developing an APN Scope of Practice
    2.4.5 APN as Nurse Anesthetist (NA) 2.5 What Should Be the APN Professional Protected Title?
    2.5.1 Title Confusion and Consensus
    2.6 APN Core Functions
    2.7 Influences on the Development of the APN Role
    2.8 Stakeholders
    2.9 APNs Impacting Health Worldwide
    2.10 Local Culture and Impact
    2.11 Summary
    Appendix: Stakeholders
    References
    3: Factors Influencing Perceptions
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Definitions
    3.3 Curiosity and Courage to Change
    3.4 Looking at History
    3.4.1 The Courage and Vision of Role Developers
    3.4.2 Self as a Factor of Perception: Finding Strength Within 3.4.3 Your Experiences and Personal factors
    3.4.4 Personal-Insight Learning Activity
    3.5 Role as a Factor of Perception
    3.6 Concept Analysis of Professional Identity
    3.6.1 What Is a Concept Analysis?
    3.6.2 Professional Identity Concept Analysis Attributes
    3.6.3 Concept Antecedents
    3.6.4 Concept Consequences
    Conclusion of Professional Identity Concept Analysis
    3.7 Anticipate and Plan Role Impact on Personal Decisions
    3.7.1 Self-Reflection
    3.8 Understand Context as Barrier or as Potential to Improve Relationships
    3.9 Self as Clinical Leader Perspective 3.10 Summary
    References
    4: APN Role Transition: Starting the Process
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Definitions
    4.3 Role Transition
    4.3.1 Role Transition Concept Analysis
    4.3.2 Defining Attributes of the Barnes (2015) Role Transition Concept Analysis
    4.3.3 Questions on APN Role Transition Attributes to Guide Your Personal Journey
    4.3.4 Antecedents of the APN Role Transition Concept Analysis
    4.3.5 Role Transition Personal Antecedents
    4.3.6 Questions to Review Personal Antecedents
    4.3.7 Role Transition Environmental Antecedents
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Debra Jackson, Patricia M. Davidson, Kim Usher.
    Summary: This textbook is a practical, user-friendly and essential guide for doctoral students, their supervisors and advisors and administrators of doctoral programs in nursing and health sciences. Nurses and health scientists have a relatively young tradition of doctoral training, and this means students often come to doctoral studies without a clear understanding of what is required to be successful at this level of education. Supporting students to successful completion of doctoral studies involves a complex fusion of skills, and yet researchers and academics receive little specialist training in this crucial area of teaching and learning. Strong pedagogies around doctoral supervision and writing are essential because in addition to the scientific, research and educative skills required, it is important to be able to establish and maintain enabling professional relationships within which both parties can thrive, and that can withstand the years of critique needed for doctoral work. The authors offer supervisors, advisors, students and administrators practical advice on helping students thrive, and steering them through various challenges that can arise during doctoral candidature. With a focus on nursing and health sciences, the authors take a global approach, recognising the international focus of doctoral training in nursing and health sciences. The authors of this book are experienced supervisors and advisors to doctoral students and together, have well over 100 successful doctoral completions and more than 1000 publications. They draw on a series of interviews and case studies to share their knowledge and experience and provide insights and guidance to inspire and support student progression and ensure students get the most out of their doctoral studies.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. What is doctoral training?
    Chapter 2. Approaches to supervision
    Chapter 3. Forming and developing the supervision team
    Chapter 4. Establishing and maintaining student/supervisory relationships
    Chapter 5. Managing critique and feedback
    Chapter 6. When students get stuck
    Chapter 7. Cultural considerations in doctoral training
    Chapter 8. Developing doctoral writing
    Chapter 9. Preparing for examination.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by János Fischer and Wayne E. Childers.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
  • Digital
    Laura N. Gitlin, Ann Kolanowski, Kevin J. Lyons.
    Summary: "This edition presents the fundamental principles for effectively securing funds. The book describes an approach to thinking about and engaging in grant writing and the necessary vocabulary and knowledge to effectively read a funding opportunity, determine its appropriateness to pursue vis-à-vis your ideas and level of professional development, and the processes for applying for funding. This edition also includes expanded coverage of key areas such as how to write an effective aims page, considerations for specific types of study designs, how to write a compelling literature review"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Why Write a Grant?
    Becoming Familiar with Funding Sources
    Developing Your Ideas for Funding
    Infrastructure to Support Grantsmanship
    Everyone Needs a Mentor
    Strategies for Effective Writing
    Overview of Common Sections of Proposals
    Heart of the Matter : The AIMS
    Background and Significance
    The Approach
    Concept Papers, Pilot Studies, and Supporting Documentation
    Common Pitfalls in Proposals
    Budget Basics
    Putting It All Together to Create a Budget
    Technical Considerations in Budget Development
    Four Project Structures
    Understanding the Process of Collaboration
    Collaborating for Team Science
    Learning about your Institution
    Electronic Considerations
    Understanding the Review Process
    Responding to the Proposal Review
    Welcome to the World of Post-Award
    Building a Program of Research
    A Case Study : Putting it All Together.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Philip K. Louie, Michael H. McCarthy, Todd J. Albert, editors.
    Summary: The goal of this concise guide is to provide a resource of "non-medical" skills and practices that have been shown to help healthcare trainees reach their peak performance. There are many aspects of the healthcare education and training process that are necessary for excelling, preparing for the next stage, and thriving at the level of the trainees end goal. However, certain additional skills and principles are essential in reaching peak performance during training, career, and life. Often overlooked in formal training, these skills and principles can be found in a range of areas, including leadership, goal-setting, mentorship, relationships, skills-training, stoicism, and financial planning, to name just several. All are critical in medical-career development, but learning these skills and principles often requires searching through numerous resources to aquire the needed information. Having completed the rigorous training involved in these professions, the accomplished chapter authors of this easy-to-read title offer insightful key points and tangible action items in each section, geared specifically to the trainee and their training education. In addition, authors from various non-medical sectors and professional backgrounds have contributed their expertise to this compendium, giving the book important interdisciplinary coverage. An invaluable and timely contribution to the health career development literature, The Successful Health Care Professionals Guide will be of great interest to medical students, residents, fellows and all allied health professionals looking to develop the most successful and fulfilling career possible.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Mentorship
    3. Perseverance/grit/stoicism
    4. Skills-training: how other professions train (athletes/performing arts -musicians/dancers)
    5. Goal setting
    6. Career planning
    7. Work/life balance/well-being/avoiding burnout
    8. Relationships: family, romantic, friends
    9. Overcoming failures/disappointments/disasters
    10. Financial planning
    11. Insurance: life, disability (long-term and short-term)
    12. The value of teaching
    13. Lessons from Stoicism
    14. Leadership lessons from History (Washington , Churchill, Grant, Lombardi)
    15. Generalization vs specialization (outside of your specific medical specialty)
    16. What next? Next Step.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Chris Chanyasulkit.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Endorsement; About the Author; About the Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Health Disparities: What Are "Health Disparities"? Why Do We Care? Should We Care?; Introduction; Public Health and Politics; Becoming the Chief Health Strategist; Advocacy; Coalition Building; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: "The More You Know, the Further You'll Go" or What Do Legislators Know About Health Disparities and What Does This Mean for Public Health Advocates?; Notes in the Field; References;
    Chapter 3: How to Get Your Legislator's Attention; Introduction Building Relationships and Political CapitalBuilding Relationships; Building Political Capital; The Anatomy of the Ask; Decide What the Specific Ask Is; Do Your Homework; Effective Messaging; The One-Pager or "Leave-Behind" Document; Get on Their Schedule; Perfect Your Elevator Speech; Follow-Up, Follow-Up, Follow-Up; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: If at First You Don't Succeed ... ; The Planned Parenthood Advocacy Fund of Massachusetts' Legislative Priorities in the 2017-2018 Legislative Agenda; Our 2017-2018 Legislative Successes Included:; Best Practices for Legislative Advocacy ConclusionReferences; Appendix A: Interview Questions for Legislators; Index
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editor, Lawrence D. Dorr.
    Contents:
    Successful techniques for total hip replacement / Lawrence D. Dorr
    The first 51 years of total hip arthroplasty : now, a surprising new era / William H. Harris
    Principles of total hip replacement / Lawrence D. Dorr & Yohei Yukizawa
    Approaches for total hip arthroplasty / Michael P. Ast & Amar S. Ranawat
    Orthopedic biomaterials / Eddie Ebramzadeh, Roberto Chiesa, Sophia N. Sangiorgio & Donald B. Longjohn
    Posterior mini-incision / Lawrence D. Dorr
    Technique of direct anterior approach / Jose A Rodriguez, John Stirton & Jonathan Robinson
    Pain management and rapid recovery / Michael B. Cross & Richard A. Berger
    Dislocation / Lawrence D. Dorr
    Venous thromboembolic prophylaxis after total joint arthroplasty / Vamsi Aribindi & Jay R. Lieberman
    Prevention and treatment of infection / Thorsten Gehrke & Daniel O. Kendoff
    Computers and the hip arthroplasty operating room / Justin Cobb, Simon Harris & Susannah Clarke
    Primer for computerized instruments for total hip replacement / Yohei Yukizawa & Lawrence D. Dorr
    Functional acetabular cup positioning using anatomic landmarks with posterior approach / Chitranjan S. Ranawat, Morteza Meftah, Akhilesh Yadav & Amar S. Ranawat.
    Digital Access Future Med [2014]
  • Digital
    Deborah L. Dillon.
    Summary: "The transition from nursing school graduate to professional nursing practitioner can be stressful and confusing. Unlike educational programs, life doesn't provide a set syllabus. After graduation, what steps do you need to take? How do you get certified? Where should you apply for work? Successful Transition to Practice is a much-needed guide to help you navigate the path from new graduate to the certification and on-boarding process and successful employment. Successful Transition to Practice walks you through the most confusing aspects of transitioning, from studies to full-time work, including applying for licensure, what to expect in an interview, insurance needs, hospital credentialing and more. Filled with expert advice, illuminating examples, and essential information, this important resource provides a framework to help you complete the transition to nurse practitioner with confidence. The book includes valuable information on: Planning for graduation; Getting board certified; Applying for state Licensure; How to ace a job interview; Employment contracts; Negotiating salaries; Malpractice insurance; Hospital credentialing and privileging; Billing and coding; Full practice authority, and more"--Page 4 of cover

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Preparingfor graduation
    Chapter 2. National Certification Examination
    Chapter 3. Applying for Licensure
    Chapter 4. Organizinga Portfolio
    Chapter 5. The Interview
    Chapter 6. Employment Contracts
    Chapter 7. Negotiating a Salary
    Chapter 8. Malpractice Insurance
    Chapter 9 Insurance Credentialing
    Chapter 10. Hospital Credentialing
    Chapter 11. Reimbursement.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Leonard G. Feld, John D. Mahan ; associate editor, Charles F. Willson.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.